A 3150

ORDER NO.
ARP3150
PDP-503CMX
PLASMA DISPLAY
PDP-503CMX
PDP-503MXE
Model
PDP-503CMX PDP-503MXE LUCB YVLDK
THIS MANUAL IS APPLICABLE TO THE FOLLOWING MODEL(S) AND TYPE(S).

Type Power Requirement
AC100 - 120V AC100 - 240V
Remarks
This service manual should be used together with the following manual(s).
Model No.
PDP-503CMX PDP-503MXE
Order No.
ARP3152
Remarks
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM and PCB CONNECTION DIAGRAM
The main parts having their serial numbers described in the table below are applicable to this service manual. For details on replacing with the following parts, refer to Service Information for each part.
Part numbers and serial numbers of the main parts applicable to this service manual Model Name
SW POWER SUPPLY MODULE (AXY1059) 0008541 0005421 REAR CASE (ANE1610) 0010261 0005991 RGB ASSY (AWZ6744) 0010891 0000641 DIGITAL VIDEO ASSY (AWV1979) 0013473 0007451 X DRIVE ASSY (AWV1984) 0013671 0007611 Y DRIVE ASSY (AWZ6745) 0013671 0007611 -
PDP-503CMX/ LUCB PDP-503MXE/ YVLDK
For details, refer to "Important symbols for good services" .
PIONEER CORPORATION
4-1, Meguro 1-chome, Meguro-ku, Tokyo 153-8654, Japan PIONEER ELECTRONICS (USA) INC. P.O. Box 1760, Long Beach, CA 90801-1760, U.S.A. PIONEER EUROPE NV Haven 1087, Keetberglaan 1, 9120 Melsele, Belgium PIONEER ELECTRONICS ASIACENTRE PTE. LTD. 253 Alexandra Road, #04-01, Singapore 159936
PIONEER CORPORATION 2003
T-ZZY MAR. 2003 printed in Japan
SAFETY INFORMATION
A
This service manual is intended for qualified service technicians ; it is not meant for the casual do-it-yourselfer. Qualified technicians have the necessary test equipment and tools, and have been trained to properly and safely repair complex products such as those covered by this manual. Improperly performed repairs can adversely affect the safety and reliability of the product and may void the warranty. If you are not qualified to perform the repair of this product properly and safely, you should not risk trying to do so and refer the repair to a qualified service technician.
WARNING This product contains lead in solder and certain electrical parts contain chemicals which are known to the state of California to cause cancer, birth defects or other reproductive harm. Health & Safety Code Section 25249.6 - Proposition 65
NOTICE (FOR CANADIAN MODEL ONLY) Fuse symbols (fast operating fuse) and/or must be of identical designation.
(slow operating fuse) on PCB indicate that replacement parts
REMARQUE (POUR MODLE CANADIEN SEULEMENT) Les symboles de fusible (fusible de type rapide) et/ou de remplacement doivent avoir la mme dsignation.
C
(fusible de type lent) sur CCI indiquent que les pices
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
NOTICE : Comply with all cautions and safety related notes located on or inside the cabinet and on the chassis. The following precautions should be observed : 1. When service is required, even though the PDP UNIT an isolation transformer should be inserted between the power line and the set in safety before any service is performed. 2. When replacing a chassis in the set, all the protective devices must be put back in place, such as barriers, nonmetallic knobs, adjustment and compartment covershields, isolation resistorcapacitor, etc. 3. When service is required, observe the original lead dress. Extra precaution should be taken to assure correct lead dress in the high voltage circuitry area. 4. Always use the manufacture's replacement components. Especially critical components as indicated on the circuit diagram should not be replaced by other manufacture's. Furthermore where a short circuit has occurred, replace those components that indicate evidence of overheating. 5. Before returning a serviced set to the customer, the service technician must thoroughly test the unit to be certain that it is completely safe to operate without danger of electrical shock, and be sure that no protective device built into the set by the manufacture has become defective, or inadvertently defeated during servicing. Therefore, the following checks should be performed for the continued protection of the customer and servicetechnician. 6. Perform the following precautions against unwanted radiation and rise in internal temperature. Always return the internal wiring to the original styling. Attach parts (Gascket, Ferrite Core, Ground, Rear Cover, Shield Case etc.) surely after disassembly. 7. Perform the following precautions for the PDP panel. When the front case is removed, make sure nothing hits the panel face, panel corner, and panel edge (so that the glass does not break). Make sure that the panel vent does not break. (Check that the cover is attached.) Handle the FPC connected to the panel carefully. Twisting or pulling the FPC when connecting it to the connector will cause it to peel off from the panel. 8. Pay attention to the following. When the front case is removed, infrared ray is radiated and may disturb reception of the remote control unit. Pay extreme caution when the front case and rear panel are removed because this may cause a high risk of disturbance to TVs and radios in the surrounding.
2
1 2
PDP-503CMX
3 4
Leakage Current Cold Check

With the AC plug removed from an AC power source, place a jumper across the two plug prongs. Turn the AC power switch on. Using an insulation tester (DC 500V), connect one lead to the jumpered AC plug and touch the other lead to each exposed metal part (input/output terminals, screwheads, metal overlays, control shafts, etc.), particularly any exposed metal part having a return path to the chassis. Exposed metal parts having a return path to the chassis should have a minimum resistor reading of 0.3M and a maximum resistor reading of 5M. Any resistor value below or above this range indicates an abnormality which requires corrective action. Exposed metal parts not having a return path to the chassis will indicate an open circuit.
PRODUCT SAFETY NOTICE

Many electrical and mechanical parts in PIONEER set have special safety related characteristics. These are often not evident from visual inspection nor the protection afforded by them necessarily can be obtained by using replacement components rated for higher voltage, wattage, etc. Replacement parts which have these special safety characteristics are identified in this Service Manual. Electrical components having such features are identified by marking with a on the schematics and on the parts list in this Service Manual. The use of a substitute replacement component which dose not have the same safety characteristics as the PIONEER recommended replacement one, shown in the parts list in this Service Manual, may create shock, fire or other hazards. Product Safety is continuously under review and new instructions are issued from time to time. For the latest information, always consult the current PIONEER Service Manual. A subscription to, or additional copies of, PIONEER Service Manual may be obtained at a nominal charge from PIONEER.
A
Leakage Current Hot Check

Plug the AC line cord directly into an AC power source (do not use an isolation transformer for this check). Turn the AC power switch on. U s i n g a " L e a k a g e C u r r e n t Te s t e r ( S i m p s o n M o d e l 2 2 9 equivalent)", measure for current from all exposed metal parts of the cabinet (input/output terminals, screwheads, metal overlays, control shaft, etc.), particularly any exposed metal part having a return path to the chassis, to a known earth ground (water pipe, conduit, etc.). Any current measured must not exceed 0.5mA.
Device under test Test all exposed metal surfaces
Reading should Leakage not be above current 0.5mA tester
Also test with plug reversed (Using AC adapter plug as required)
Earth ground
AC Leakage Test
ANY MEASUREMENTS NOT WITHIN THE LIMITS OUTLINED ABOVE ARE INDICATIVE OF A POTENTIAL SHOCK HAZARD AND MUST BE CORRECTED BEFORE RETURNING THE SET TO THE CUSTOMER.
PDP-503CMX
5 6 7 8
Charged Section
A
High Voltage Generating Point

The places where voltage is 100V or more except for the charged places described above. If the places are touched, there is a risk of electric shock. 1. SW POWER SUPPLY Module ...................................... (225V) 2. X DRIVE Assy ............................................... (300V to 225V) 3. Y DRIVE Assy ................................................................(355V) 4. SCAN (A) Assy .............................................................. (355V) 5. SCAN (B) Assy .............................................................. (355V) 6. X CONNECTOR (A) Assy ............................ (300V to 225V) 7. X CONNECTOR (B) Assy ............................ (300V to 225V)
The places where the commercial AC power is used without passing through the power supply transformer. If the places are touched, there is a risk of electric shock. In addition, the measuring equipment can be damaged if it is connected to the GND of the charged section and the GND of the non-charged section while connecting the set directly to the commercial AC power supply. Therefore, be sure to connect the set via an insulated transformer and supply the current.
1. AC Power Cord 2. AC Inlet with Filter 3. Power Switch (S1) 4. Fuse (In the SW POWER SUPPLY Module) 5. STB Transformer and Converter Transformer (In the SW POWER SUPPLY Module) 6. Other primary side of the SW POWER SUPPLY Module
Y DRIVE Assy
: Part is Charged Section. : Part is the High Voltage Generating Points other than the Charged Section.
SCAN (A) Assy
Top
SCAN (B) Assy
Front
X CONNECTOR (A) Assy
X DRIVE Assy
E
SW POWER SUPPLY Module Power Switch (S1) AC Inlet with Filter
X CONNECTOR (B) Assy
Power Cord
Fig.1 Charged Section and High Voltage Generating Point (Rear View)
4
1 2
PDP-503CMX
3 4
[ Important symbols for good services ]

In this manual, the symbols shown-below indicate that adjustments, settings or cleaning should be made securely. When you find the procedures bearing any of the symbols, be sure to fulfill them:
A
1. Product safety
You should conform to the regulations governing the product (safety, radio and noise, and other regulations), and should keep the safety during servicing by following the safety instructions described in this manual.
2. Adjustments
To keep the original performances of the product, optimum adjustments or specification confirmation is indispensable. In accordance with the procedures or instructions described in this manual, adjustments should be performed.
3. Cleaning
For optical pickups, tape-deck heads, lenses and mirrors used in projection monitors, and other parts requiring cleaning, proper cleaning should be performed to restore their performances.
B
4. Shipping mode and shipping screws

To protect the product from damages or failures that may be caused during transit, the shipping mode should be set or the shipping screws should be installed before shipping out in accordance with this manual, if necessary.
5. Lubricants, glues, and replacement parts

Appropriately applying grease or glue can maintain the product performances. But improper lubrication or applying glue may lead to failures or troubles in the product. By following the instructions in this manual, be sure to apply the prescribed grease or glue to proper portions by the appropriate amount.For replacement parts or tools, the prescribed ones should be used.
C
PDP-503CMX
5 6 7 8
CONTENTS
A
SAFETY INFORMATION ..................................................................................................................................... 2 1. SPECIFICATIONS ............................................................................................................................................ 7 2. EXPLODED VIEWS AND PARTS LIST .......................................................................................................... 10 2.1 PACKING ................................................................................................................................................. 10 2.2 UNDER LAYER SECTION (1) ................................................................................................................. 12 2.3 UNDER LAYER SECTION (2) ................................................................................................................. 14 2.4 UNDER LAYER SECTION (3) ................................................................................................................. 16 2.5 UNDER LAYER SECTION (4) ................................................................................................................. 18 2.6 UNDER LAYER SECTION (5) ................................................................................................................. 19 2.7 UNDER LAYER SECTION (6) ................................................................................................................. 20 2.8 MIDDLE LAYER SECTION (1)................................................................................................................. 21 2.9 MIDDLE LAYER SECTION (2)................................................................................................................. 22 2.10 MIDDLE LAYER SECTION (3)............................................................................................................... 23 2.11 MIDDLE LAYER SECTION (4)............................................................................................................... 24 2.12 UPPER LAYER SECTION (1)................................................................................................................ 25 2.13 UPPER LAYER SECTION (2)................................................................................................................ 26 2.14 FRONT CASE SECTION ....................................................................................................................... 27 2.15 REAR SECTION .................................................................................................................................... 28 2.16 PANEL CHASSIS (50) ASSY (AWU1066) ............................................................................................. 29 3. BLOCK DIAGRAM AND SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM .......................................................................................... 30 3.1 BLOCK DIAGRAM ................................................................................................................................... 30 3.1.1 OVERALL DIAGRAM......................................................................................................................... 30 3.1.2 RGB ASSY ........................................................................................................................................ 32 3.1.3 DIGITAL VIDEO ASSY....................................................................................................................... 34 3.1.4 X DRIVE ASSY.................................................................................................................................. 35 3.1.5 Y DRIVE ASSY .................................................................................................................................. 36 3.1.6 MX AUDIO ASSY .............................................................................................................................. 38 3.1.7 SUB ADDRESS Aand B ASSYS ....................................................................................................... 39 3.1.8 ADR RESONANCE ASSY................................................................................................................. 40 3.1.9 ADR CONNECT A,B,C and D ASSYS .............................................................................................. 41 3.1.10 VIDEO SIGNAL ROUTE .................................................................................................................. 42 3.1.11 SYNC SIGNAL ROUTE ................................................................................................................... 43 3.2 WAVEFORMS .......................................................................................................................................... 44 4. PCB CONNECTION DIAGRAM ..........................................................................................(Refer to ARP3150) 5. PCB PARTS LIST ........................................................................................................................................... 52 6. ADJUSTMENT ............................................................................................................................................... 65 6.1 SERVICE FACTORY MODE .................................................................................................................... 65 6.1.1 State Transition Diagram.................................................................................................................... 65 6.1.2 Table of Adjustment Items in Service Factory.................................................................................... 68 6.1.3 Description of Service Factory Menu Display .................................................................................... 70 6.2 ADJUSTMENT REQUIRED WHEN THE SET IS REPAIRED OR REPLACED ..................................... 100 6.3 ADJUSTMENT ....................................................................................................................................... 101 6.3.1 MAIN UNIT ADJUSTMENT ............................................................................................................. 101 6.4 COMMAND ............................................................................................................................................ 107 6.4.1 RS-232C COMMANDS (for adjustment) ......................................................................................... 107 6.4.2 RS-232C COMMANDS (for setting) ................................................................................................ 108 6.4.3 GET COMMAND ............................................................................................................................. 111 7. GENERAL INFORMATION ........................................................................................................................... 120 7.1 DIAGNOSIS ........................................................................................................................................... 120 7.1.1 CONFIGURATION OF THE PC BOARD ......................................................................................... 120 7.1.2 DIAGNOSIS FOR SHUTDOWN AND POWER-DOWN BY LED..................................................... 121 7.1.3 AUTOMATIC BACKUP OF DIGITAL VIDEO ASSY DATA................................................................ 131 7.1.4 DISASSEMBLY................................................................................................................................ 133 7.2 IC INFORMATION.................................................................................................................................. 137 8. PANEL FACILITIES ...................................................................................................................................... 163
6
1 2
PDP-503CMX
3 4
1. SPECIFICATIONS
PLASMA DISPLAY (PDP-503CMX, PDP-503MXE)
General Light emission panel ............. 50 inch plasma display panel Number of pixels ............................................... 1280 x 768 Power supply .... AC 100 - 120 V, 50/60 Hz (PDP-503CMX) Power supply .... AC 100 - 240 V, 50/60 Hz (PDP-503MXE) Rated current ........................ 3.8 A - 3.1A (PDP-503CMX) Rated current ........................ 3.8 A - 1.6A (PDP-503MXE) Standby power consumption ........................................ 1 W External dimension ...........1218 (W) x 714 (H) x 98 (D) mm 47-31/32 (W) x 28-1/8 (H) x 3-7/8 (D) in. (including display stand) ........................................ 1218 (W) x 737 (H) x 300 (D) mm 47-31/32 (W) x 29-1/32 (H) x 11-13/16 (D) in. Weight ............................................ 38.9 kg (85 lbs. 12 oz) (including display stand) .................... 39.5 kg (87 lbs. 1 oz) Input/output Video INPUT 1 Input Mini D-sub 15 pin (socket connector) RGB signal (G ON SYNC compatible) RGB ... 0.7 Vp-p/75 /no sync. HD/CS, VD ... TTL level /positive and negative polarity /2.2 k G ON SYNC ... 1 Vp-p/75 /negative sync. *Compatible with Microsofts Plug & Play (VESA DDC1/2B) Mini D-sub 15 pin (socket connector) 75 /with buffer Due to improvements, specifications and design are subject to change without notice. Accessories Power cord ................................. 1 (PDP-503CMX Only) Remote control unit ....................................................... 1 Remote control unit holder ............................................ 1 AA (R6) batteries .......................................................... 2 Cleaning cloth ............................................................... 1 Speed clamps ............................................................... 2 Bead bands .................................................................. 2 Warranty ...................................... 1 (PDP-503CMX Only) Operating Instructions .................................................. 1 Display stands .............................................................. 2 Washers ....................................................................... 2 Hex hole bolts (M8X40) ................................................ 2 CD-ROM (information files) .......................................... 1 Ferrite core .................................... (PDP-503MXE Only) Cable tie ......................................... (PDP-503MXE Only)
A
Output
INPUT 2 Input
BNC jack (x5) RGB signal (G ON SYNC compatible) RGB ... 0.7 Vp-p/75 /no sync. HD/CS, VD ... TTL level /positive and negative polarity/ 75 or 2.2 k (impedance switch) G ON SYNC ... 1 Vp-p/75 /negative sync.
Audio Input
AUDIO INPUT (for INPUT 1/2) Stereo mini jack L/R ... 500mVrms/more than 10 k AUDIO OUTPUT Stereo mini jack L/R ... 500mVrms (max)/less than 5 k SPEAKER L/R ... 8 16 /2W +2W (at 8 )
Output
Control RS-232C ................................. D-sub 9 pin (pin connector) COMBINATION IN/OUT....................... Mini DIN 6 pin (x2) CONTROL IN/OUT ........................monaural mini jack (x2)
PDP-503CMX
5 6 7 8
Accessories
Power Cord (ADG1208)
A
Cleaning Cloth (for wiping front panel) (AED1208)
Display Stand (2) (AMR3264)
Remote Control Unit (AXD1459)
PDP-503CMX Only Binder Assy (AEC1758) Speed Clamp (2)
Washer (2) (WB80FZB)
Hex Hole Bolts (2) (SMZ80H400FZB)
Remote Control Unit Holder (AMR3268) Dry Cell Battery (R6P, AA) Bead Bands (2)
Ferrite Core (ATX1031)
Cable Tie
PDP-503MXE Only
8
1 2
PDP-503CMX
3 4
PDP-503CMX
5 6 7 8
2. EXPLODED VIEWS AND PARTS LIST

NOTES:
A
Parts marked by "NSP" are generally unavailable because they are not in our Master Spare Parts List. The mark found on some component parts indicates the importance of the safety factor of the part. Therefore, when replacing, be sure to use parts of identical designation. Screws adjacent to mark on product are used for disassembly. For the applying amount of lubricants or glue, follow the instructions in this manual. (In the case of no amount instructions, apply as you think it appropriate.)
2.1 PACKING
1 42
B
No
SD
39 40 41
2 11 3 PDP-503CMX Only 44 31 PDP-503MXE Only 15 17 18 19 20 21 22 PDP-503CMX Only 32 33
6 26 5
D
4 8 PDP-503CMX Only 10 9
14 37 38 30 25 43 PDP-503CMX 13 Only 27 35
3
E
24
23 11 2 34
28
29 PDP-503MXE Only
36 12
10
1 2
PDP-503CMX
3 4
PACKING parts Lis

Mark No. 1 2 3 4 5 NSP 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Description Upper Carton Under Carton Pad Mirror Mat Caution Sheet Warranty Card Front Sheet Cord Case Power Cord Vinyl Bag Accessory Case Screw Set SP Spacer Operating Instructions (Spanish/ Italian/ Dutch) OPerating Instructions (Japanese/ English/ French) Caution Sheet Caution Sheet Plasma Caution Sheet Plasma Caution Sheet Caution Sheet Part No. See Contrast table (2) AHD3037 AHA2280 AHG1284 ARM1201 See Contrast table (2) AHB1241 AHC1037 See Contrast table (2) See Contrast table (2) AHC1040 AXX1060 AEC1925 See Contrast table (2) Mark No. 23 24 NSP 25 NSP 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 NSP 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 Description Part No.
A
Binder Assy AEC1758 (Speed Clamp x 2, Bead Band x 2) Cleaning Cloth AED1208 (for Wiping Front Panel) Warranty Card See Contrast table (2) Vinyl Pouch Washer Hex Hole Bolt Vinyl Bag Caution Sheet Remote Control Unit Battery Cover Dry Cell Battery (R6P, AA) Display Stand Remote Control Unit Holder Ferrite Core SP Caution Sheet Image Caution Sheet Label (BLUE) Label (SILVER) Label (GREEN) Label (GUARANTY) Plasma Caution Sheet Accessory Assy See Contrast table (2) WB80FZB SMZ80H400FZB AHG-1330 AEM1203 AXD1459 AZN2462 VEM1031 AMR3264 AMR3268 See Contrast table (2) ARM1219 ARM1220 AAX2787 AAX2817 AAX2956 See Contrast table (2) ARM1149 See Contrast table (2)
16 17 18 19 20 21 22
See Contrast table (2) ARM1200 ARM1221 See Contrast table (2) See Contrast table (2) See Contrast table (2)
(2) CONTRAST TABLE PDP-503CMX/LUCB and PDP-503MXE/YVLDK are constructed the same except for the following :
Mark No. 1 6 10 11 15 Symbol and Description Upper Carton Warranty Card Power Cord Vinyl Bag Operating Instructions (Spanish/Italian/Dutch) PDP-503CMX/ LUCB AHD3094 ARY1093 ADG1208 AHG1310 Not used ARD1052 Not used ARM1145 ARM1147 ARM1176 ARY1102 AHG-195 Not used AAX2911 AAX1058 PDP-503MXE/ YVLDK AHD3097 Not used Not used AHG-064 ARC1510 Not used ARE1365 Not used ARM1149 Not used Not used Not used ATX1031 Not used AAX1059
NSP >
17 Operating Instructions (Japanese/ English/ French) 17 Operating Instructions (English/ French/ German) 20 Plasma Caution Sheet 21 Plasma Caution Sheet 22 Caution Sheet NSP NSP 25 26 36 42 44 Warranty Card Vinyl Pouch Ferrite Core Label (GUARANTY) Accessory Assy
NSP
PDP-503CMX
5 6 7 8
11
2.2 UNDER LAYER SECTION (1)

A
11
11
1
B
2 Refer to next page.
10 6 7 6
8 9 6
8 6
10 Upper side
6 10
D
10
4 3
12
11
11
UNDER LAYER SECTION (1) parts List

Mark No. 1 2 3 4 5
F
Description CLAMP A Assy CLAMP B Assy CLAMP C Assy CLAMP D Assy Service Panel Assy Wire Saddle Circuit Board Spacer Circuit Board Spacer PCB Spacer
1
Part No. AWZ6738 AWZ6739 AWZ6740 AWZ6741 AWU1068 AEC1904 AEC1872 AEC1873 AEC1121
Mark No. 10 11 12
Description Locking Card Spacer Screw V Cushion
Part No. AEC1736 ABA1301 AED1205
6 7 8 NSP 9
12
2
PDP-503CMX
3 4
Caution in Replacement of Panel Chassis (50) Assy

Service Panel Assy (AWU1068) is all common use parts of for business, public use and module. Supply it by the state that installed Circuit Board Spacer (AEC1872) and Wire Saddle (AEC1878)as follows. Therefore need to remove it in accordance with model. Confirm character carved a seal near the parts, and remove it. P : Public exclusive use W : Module exclusive use PW : Common use of public use and module In case of this unit, all the parts carved a seal of character removes it.
Service Panel Assy (AWU1068)
B A
Wire Saddle Circuit Board Spacer (AEC1878) (AEC1872) (There is marking of "P" nearby.)
Circuit Board Spacer (AEC1872)
PDP-503CMX
5 6 7 8
13

A
10
10
5 or 6
B
11
4 Upper side
3 9
11
7 or 8
10
10
14
1 2
PDP-503CMX
3 4

Mark No. NSP NSP NSP NSP 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Description ADR CONNECT A Assy ADR CONNECT B Assy ADR CONNECT C Assy ADR CONNECT D Assy BRIDGE A Assy BRIDGE B Assy BRIDGE C Assy BRIDGE D Assy ADR RESONANCE Assy Screw Screw Part No. AWZ6626 AWZ6627 AWZ6628 AWZ6629 AWZ6734 AWZ6735 AWZ6736 AWZ6737 AWZ6750 ABA1301 VBB30P100FNI
B A
PDP-503CMX
5 6 7 8
15

A
13
22
13 Upper side 1 15 16 17 18 13
12
21
20 12
9 13
19
7 12
3 14
11
E
Upper side 5
F
10
10
16
1 2
PDP-503CMX
3 4

Mark No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 NSP 8 NSP 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 Description DIGITAL VIDEO Assy MX AUDIO Assy X DRIVE Assy X CONNECTOR (A) Assy X CONNECTOR (B) Assy Flat Clamp Metal Fittings Heat Sink Coil Silicone Sheet Circuit Board Spacer Screw Screw Screw J201 Flexible Flat Cable J202 Flexible Flat Cable J209 Flexible Flat Cable J204 Flexible Flat Cable J210 Flexible Flat Cable J211 Flexible Flat Cable J212 Flexible Flat Cable Audio Sheet Part No. AWV1979 AWZ6644 AWV1984 AWZ6732 AWZ6733
A
AEC1879 ANG2464 ANH1594 AEH1048 AEC1872 ABZ30P060FMC VBB30P100FNI PMB30P060FNI ADD1183 ADD1183 ADD1191 ADD1196 ADD1190 ADD1186 ADD1188 AMR3305
C B
PDP-503CMX
5 6 7 8
17

A
16
21
22
16
16
19 18
20
23
Upper side
17
14 15
15
15
Upper side
17
11
10
13
10
12

E
Mark No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 NSP 8 NSP 9 10 11 12
Description DIGITAL VIDEO Assy Y DRIVE Assy SCAN (A) Assy SCAN (B) Assy SENSOR Assy Flat Clamp Metal Fittings Heat Sink Coil Silicone Sheet Scan IC Spring (L) Scan IC Spring (R)
Part No. AWV1979 AWZ6745 AWZ6722 AWZ6723 AWZ6696
Mark No. 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23
Description Scan Insulation Sheet Rivet Circuit Board Spacer Screw Screw Screw J208 Flexible Flat Cable J207 Flexible Flat Cable J203 Flexible Flat Cable J205 Flexible Flat Cable J206 Flexible Flat Cable
Part No. AMR3271 BEC1066 AEC1872 ABZ30P060FMC PMB30P060FNI VBB30P100FNI ADD1191 ADD1190 ADD1184 ADD1189 ADD1187
AEC1879 ANG2464 ANH1594 AEH1048 ABK1026 ABK1027
18
1 2
PDP-503CMX
3 4

5 6
A
Upper side
11 11 11
11 11
12 10
13
2 (Upper Side) 3 (Bottom Side)
14

Mark No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Description ADR RESONANCE Assy SUB ADDRESS A Assy SUB ADDRESS B Assy Circuit Board Spacer Power Sheet Rivet
5
Part No. AWZ6750 AWZ6689 AWZ6690 AEC1873 AMR3291 BEC1066
Mark No. NSP 8 9 10 11 NSP 12 13 14
Description Fan Metal Fan Motor Screw Screw Heatsink Silicone Sheet Insulating Sheet
7
Part No. ANG2465 AXM1040 PPZ50P100FZK ABZ30P060FMC ANH1594 AEH1039 AMR3343

F
PDP-503CMX
6 8
19

A
Upper side 1 16 34 8 2 10 25 5 3 29 9 34 32 4
SA1 SA2
17 12
B
24 27
TE1 D8 D9 D16 D10 D1 D18 Y1 Y2 D6 A1 D11 D7 A5 A3 A6
23 28
X1 X2
20 18 19
13 26
C
D15 D14 D2 D12 D13 D12 D3 D17
30
14
15
SA2 SA1
33
22
11
3 35
31
MIDDLE LAYER SECTION (1) parts List

Mark No. NSP NSP NSP NSP 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
F
Description ADR CONNECT A Assy ADR CONNECT B Assy ADR CONNECT C Assy ADR CONNECT D Assy ADR RESONANCE Assy BRIDGE A Assy BRIDGE B Assy BRIDGE C Assy BRIDGE D Assy SUB ADDRESS A Assy SUB ADDRESS B Assy SCAN (A) Assy SCAN (B) Assy Y DRIVE Assy DIGITAL VIDEO Assy SENSOR Assy X CONNECTOR (A) Assy X CONNECTOR (B) Assy
Part No. AWZ6626 AWZ6627 AWZ6628 AWZ6629 AWZ6750 AWZ6734 AWZ6735 AWZ6736 AWZ6737 AWZ6689 AWZ6690 AWZ6722 AWZ6723 AWZ6745 AWV1979 AWZ6696 AWZ6732 AWZ6733
Mark No. 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35
Description X DRIVE Assy MX AUDIO Assy Flat Clamp J115 3P Housing Wire J110 3P Housing Wire J108 8P Housing Wire J101 Wire F J102 Wire E J103 13P Housing Wire J116 4P Housing SP Wire J109 Wire G J111 Wire I J104 Wire H J117 4P Housing SP Wire Binder J118 5P Housing Wire
Part No. AWV1984 AWZ6644
AEC1879 ADX2705 ADX2704 ADX2811 ADX2695 ADX2782 ADX2700 ADX2756 ADX2696 ADX2698 ADX2697 ADX2756 AEC-093 ADX2776
16 17 18
20
1 2
PDP-503CMX
3 4
2.8 MIDDLE LAYER SECTION (1)

1 12 11 6 6 11 7 2 7 14 12 11 1 11
A
9 9
4 8
9 15 5 8
9 9
9 9
7 7
9
D
9 10 8 3 9 8 10 13 13 13
13
13

Mark No. 1 2 NSP 3 4 5 6 NSP 7 8 9 10 Description Card Corner Holder Niplocker Front Chassis H Sub Frame L Sub Frame R FPC Cushion Front Chassis V Screw Screw Screw Part No. BEC1144 BEC1136 ANA1683 ANG2455 ANG2456 AEB1370 ANA1661 AMZ30P060FZK ABA1294 BMZ30P060FMC Mark No. 11 12 NSP 13 14 NSP 15 Description V Cushion Gasket R Spacer Seet C Front Chassis HU Part No. AED1205 ANK1695 AEC1902 AEC1927 ANA1697
PDP-503CMX
5 6 7 8
21

A
11
9 4
5 2 10 1 9 10 6 9 8 11

E
Mark No. 1 2 3 4 NSP 5 6 7 NSP 8 9 10 11
Description IR Assy MX LED Assy J113 Wire J KEY CONNECTOR Assy IR Holder Nyron Rivet J111 Wire I Switch Holder Screw Screw Gasket R
Part No. AWZ6643 AWZ6642 ADX2699 AWZ6695 ANG2494 AEC1671 ADX2698 ANG2493 BMZ30P040FMC ABZ30P050FZK ANK1695
22
1 2
PDP-503CMX
3 4

A
22
12
21
22
Bottom Side 6 22 6 J201 J201 13 12 14 12 15 17 17 12 16

C
23
22 8
RGB Assy
11
11 22 18

Mark No. 1 2 3 4 NSP 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Description RGB Assy SLOT CONNECTOR Assy Spacer Card Spacer RGB Base Ground Finger Card Spacer Ferrite Core (L3) Ferrite Core Holder Guide Rail EX Clamp J107 12P Housing Wire J109 Wire G Nyron Rivet
5
Part No. AWZ6744 AWZ6634 AEC1065 AEC1882 ANA1662 ANG2468 AEC1899 ATX1037 AEC1818
Mark No. 16 17 NSP 18 19 20 NSP 21 22 23
Description J111 Wire I Wire Saddle Video Stay PCB Stay Screw Screw
Part No. ADX2698 AEC1745 AND1171
AND1170 AMZ30P060FZK VBB30P100FNI
AEC1900 AEC1884 ADX2702 ADX2696 AEC1671
PDP-503CMX
6 7 8
23

A
6 8 7 7
8 7
10
Upper Rear Side
11 4 4 Upper Side

E
Mark No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
Description Terminal Panel Slot Spring (Under) Slot Spring (Upper) Card Spacer Screw Screw Rear Corner Label Expansion Slot Cover Screw Gusket S
Part No. ANG2538 ABK1028 ABK1031 AEC1898
AMZ30P060FZK TBZ40P080FZK AAX2862 ANG2536 BMZ30P060FZK ANK1699
24
1 2
PDP-503CMX
3 4
2.12 UPPER LAYER SECTION (1)

7 16
J201
J202 J201
15
17
14
11 10 J113 9
12
C3
C1
2 3 2
13
18
17
14
18
15
17
4
E
UPPER LAYER SECTION (1) parts Lis

Mark No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Description I/O Assy CONTROL Assy SP OUT R Assy SP OUT L Assy Power Switch (S1) AC Inlet with Filter (CN1) J201, J202 Flexible Cable J109 Wire G J106 Wire C Part No. AWZ6631 AWZ6633 AWZ6706 AWZ6705 BSM1006 AKP1223 ADD1183 ADX2696 ADX2693 Mark No. 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 Description Ferrite Core (L1) J114 Earth Wire J105 Wire B Hexagonal Nut Hexagonal Head Screw Screw Screw Screw Part No. ATX1032 ADX2709 ADX2692 ABN1035 BBA1051 PMB30P060FNI BPZ30P080FZK BMZ30P060FZK
PDP-503CMX
5 6 7 8
25
2.13 UPPER LAYER SECTION (2)

12
A
12
J101
B
J104
P6 P1 P2 P5 P4 P3 T4
10
11
P7
9 3
S1
T1
T5
T2
T6
T3
100V SW101
200V
UPPER LAYER SECTION (2) parts List

Mark No. > 1 2 3 4 5 6 Description SW Power Supply Module Ferrite Core (L3) Ferrite Core (L2) Binder J105 Wire B J102 Wire E
1
Part No. AXY1059 ATX1037 ATX1039 AEC-093 ADX2692 ADX2782
Mark No. 7 8 9 10 11 12
Description J103 13P Housing Wire J112 13P Housing Wire J101 Wire F J104 Wire H J111 Wire I Screw
Part No. ADX2700 ADX2703 ADX2695 ADX2697 ADX2698 AMZ30P060FZK
26
2
PDP-503CMX
3 4
2.14 FRONT CASE SECTION

A
2 18 19 4 8 3 16 10 16 10 17 1 5 6 7 PDP-503CMX Only
B
16 10
16 10
10
10
10 11 16 11 14
10
11
11
16
13 13
14
15
FRONT CASE SECTION parts List

Mark No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 NSP 10 Description SIDE KEY Assy Front Case 50 (M) Rivet Flexible Seal J213 Flexible Cable Ferrite Core (L4) Lead Cover (MX) Pioneer Badge Serial Label Panel Holder Part No. AWZ6637 AMB2698 AEC1877 AEH1036 ADD1195 ATX1043 AMB2703 AAM1091 AAX2609 ANG2508 Mark No. 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 NSP 19 Description Front Spacer Panel Cushion V Panel Cushion H Protect Panel Assy Screw Screw Energy Star Label Display Label Part No. AEC1896 AED1199 AED1198 AMR3304 ABZ30P050FZK VMZ30P060FZK AAX2856 See Contrast table (2)
Mark No. NSP 19 Display Label Symbol and Description PDP-503CMX/ LUCB AAX2836 PDP-503MXE/ YVLDK Not used
F
PDP-503CMX
5 6 7 8
27
2.15 REAR SECTION

PDP-503MXE Only
A
12
1 5 15
14 16 12 9 17
12
12
12
13
13
13 13
10
13
PDP-503CMX Only
REAR SECTION parts List

Mark No. NSP 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Description Name Label Gascket A Solder Warning Label Cleaning Label Rear Corner Label Rear Case (50M) Terminal Display Label R Bolt Caution Label Part No. See Contrast table (2) ANK1701 See Contrast table (2) AAX2926 AAX2862 ANE1610 AAX2931 AAX2928 Mark No. 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 Description Terminal Display Label L Screw Screw Korean Label Label (BLUE) Label (SILBER) Label (GREEN) Part No. See Contrast table (2)
TBZ40P080FZK AMZ30P060FZK See Contrast table (2) AAX2787 AAX2816 AAX2955
Mark No.
E
Symbol and Description Name Label Gray Solder Warning Label Terminal Label Lgray Korean Label
PDP-503CMX/ LUCB AAL2418 AAX2644 AAX2932 Not used
PDP-503MXE/ YVLDK AAL2419 Not used AAX2933 AAX2944
NSP
1 3 10 14
28
1 2
PDP-503CMX
3 4
2.16 PANEL CHASSIS (50) ASSY (AWU1066)

Panel Chassis (50) Assy (AWU1066) consists of the following parts.
Parts List
Mark No. NSP NSP NSP NSP NSP NSP NSP NSP NSP NSP NSP Description SCAN FUKUGO ASSY ADDRESS FUKUGO ASSY Address Module (IC1 - IC40) FPC (0003) FPC (J0001) 1..Chassis Assy 2..Chassis 2..Base Chassis 2..Scan Heatsink 2..Corner Angle A 2..Corner Angle B 2..Sheet A 2..Sheet B 2..Tube Cover 2..Rear Coner Label 2..Siricon Sheet 50 2..Adhesive Tape 50 2..Adhesive Tape B (50) 2..Panel Siricon Sheet Pin Grommet Protection Tape Scan Siricon Sheet Plasma Panel Assy Screw Part No. AWV1968 AWV1900 AXF1114 ADY1065 ADY1066 ANA1711 ANA1655 ANA1656 ANH1609 ANG2457 ANG2458 AEC1923 AEC1924 AMR3262 AAX2862 AEH1037 AEH1038 AEH1051 AEH1055 AEC1015 AEH1059 AEH1057 AAV1238 VBB30P100FNI * *
List of Assy
Mark NSP Description 1..SCAN FUKUGO ASSY 2..SCAN (A) ASSY 2..SCAN (B) ASSY 2..X CONNECTOR (A) ASSY 2..X CONNECTOR (B) ASSY 2..BRIDGE A ASSY 2..BRIDGE B ASSY 2..BRIDGE C ASSY 2..BRIDGE D ASSY 2..CLAMP A ASSY 2..CLAMP B ASSY 2..CLAMP C ASSY 2..CLAMP D ASSY 1..ADDRESS FUKUGO ASSY 2..ADR CONNECT A ASSY 2..ADR CONNECT B ASSY 2..ADR CONNECT C ASSY 2..ADR CONNECT D ASSY 2..ADR RESONANCE ASSY Part No. AWV1968 AWZ6722 AWZ6723 AWZ6732 AWZ6733 AWZ6734 AWZ6735 AWZ6736 AWZ6737 AWZ6738 AWZ6739 AWZ6740 AWZ6741 AWV1900 AWZ6626 AWZ6627 AWZ6628 AWZ6629 AWZ6750
NSP
NSP NSP NSP NSP NSP
NSP NSP
PDP-503CMX
5 6 7 8
29
3. BLOCK DIAGRAM AND SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM

3.1 BLOCK DIAGRAM
A
3.1.1 OVERALL DIAGRAM

DRIVER IC DRIVER IC DRIVER IC DRIVER IC DRIVER IC DRIVER IC DRIVER IC DRIVER IC DRIVER IC DRIVER IC DRIVER IC DRIVER IC DRIVER IC DRIVER IC DRIVER IC DRIVER IC DRIVER IC DRIVER IC DRIVER IC DRIVER IC DRIVER IC
VADR2
CLK/LE
CLA1
CLAMP
ADDRESS CONNECT A ASSY AA1
IC6501 BUFFER IC
VADR2
VADR2
ADDRESS CONNECT B ASSY

AB1
CLK/LE
IC6601 BUFFER IC
VADR2
BGA1
CLAMP Q6706 to Q6711 VADR_GEN
CLAMP A ASSY
BRIDGE A ASSY
ADR RESONANCE ASSY
K2 K1 SAA3 +60 SAA1 ADR_CO SAA2
B
THERMAL SENSOR ASSY SCAN A ASSY (UPPER)
D10 TE1 IC5 IC6201 ADD SEL_PULSE IC5 IC6202 ADD SEL_PULSE IC5 IC6203 ADD SEL_PULSE IC5 IC6204 ADD SEL_PULSE
VCC_VH V_OFS VCC_VH V_IC5V VC_VFVCP VC_VF+ VCC_VH VCC_VH
POWER SUP
D8 +12V +12 V+5V_STB DC-DC CONVERTER MODULE 12V V+3V D11 D9 D16 V+5V_ +15V +12V T102 Switching Q117 +13.5V +6.5V -9V T101 Switching Q115 Switching Q119
PSUS
D1
Switching T104 T1
T103 V+2V
Y4 Y-SUS MASK BLOCK

+5V +15V VSUS
DC/DC CONV BLOCK Y1 IC2206 Pulse Module

+15V VSUS
VSU V+3V VADR VSUS
DIGITAL ASSY
D18 IC1703 XY DRV SEQUENCE PATTERN GEN. TEMP V+3V D7 KL_U0:2 XDRV_SIG ADL_LE_UL ADL_LE_DL V+2V D4 P1 P2 P5 P6
VCC_VH
PSU
Drive Signal
+5V
IC5 IC6205 ADD SEL_PULSE IC5 IC6206 ADD SEL_PULSE
VCC_VH VCC_VH V_IC5V
VCC_VH
VCP
+RESET Block LOGIC BLOCK

+5V +15V VSUS
X180
V+3V_ V+2V_IC
V+3V
CLK GEN
V+5V_ST
SCAN
Y3
Y-SUS MASK BLOCK
Y5 IC5 IC6001 ADD SEL_PULSE IC5 IC6002 ADD SEL_PULSE IC5 IC6003 ADD SEL_PULSE
VCC_VH VCC_VH VCC_VH SCAN V_IC5V VCC_VH
SCAN_SIG D6
+15V
D15
IC2204 Pulse Module
Drive Signal
YDRV_SIG
IC1301(IC31 L) SUB-FILD CONV. for LEFT with FILD MEM.
RGB ASSY
R2 BA2:9
+3V,+2V R4
STB+5V R9
SOFT-D BLOCK
Y2 V+3V_I V+2V_I C D14
BB2:9 GA2:9 GB2:9 IC5301(IC30) IC5601 WIDE UCOM
Y DRIVE ASSY
PSUS Scan Signal OFFSET BLOCK
VCC_VH VC_VF+ VC_VF- V_OFS
IC1401 (IC31 SUB-FILD CONV. For RIGHT with FILD MEM.
R3 RA2:9 RB2:9 SD RAM 16M SD RAM 16M 3State Buffer
D2
IC5 IC6004 ADD SEL_PULSE IC5 IC6005 ADD SEL_PULSE IC5 IC6006 ADD SEL_PULSE
VCC_VH
BA2:9 BB2:9 ADLCLK_DR GA2:9
Y6
V_IC5V
IC5001(IC102) SD RAM 16M IC5102(IC101) SD RAM 16M +3V,+5V,-5V,+9V D3
IC46 A/D PLL
Photo Coupler BLOCK
V+3V_ V+5V_STB IC119 FLASH ROM V+3V_ GB2:9
VCC_VH
PSUS
IC120 MODULE UCOM
TXD/RX IC1101 PANEL UCOM
RA2:9 RB2:9 TXD0/RXD0 RE LED_SIG I2
R6
SCAN B ASSY (LOWER) SIDE KEY ASSY KEY CONNECTOR ASSY

D12 D13 D17
+3V,+5V REG +3V 9V,5V, 3V T4 T1 13.5V,6.5V,-9V 12V,13.5V,-9V, 6.5V,STB5V T5 12V, STB5V IN1 DET SEL 12V,13.5V, -9V,6.5V T2 STB5V 3STA T6 T3 RE
SW1
KL1
KL2 C1
E
IR ASSY
RE1 SPR1 C3
12V,9V,5V,3V REG Plug&Play E2PROM
CONTROL ASSY
232C DRIVER Combi IN Combi OUT
I SEL R
SP OUT R ASSY
L OUT SR IN SR OUT
RS-232C
Component/ RGB
OUTPUT
Component/ RGB INPUT 2
Audio IN INPUT 1/2/5
Audio OUT
INPUT 1
SAB2
ADR_C +60 SAB3 K1
SAB
CLAMP C ASSY
CLC1 CLAMP
BRIDGE C ASSY
BGC1 CLAMP
K2 Q6706 to Q6711 VADR_GEN
ADDRESS CONNECT D ASSY

VADR2 AD1 CLK/LE
IC6901 BUFFER IC
ADDRESS CONNECT C ASSY

VADR2 AC1 CLK/LE
ADR RESONANCE ASS

IC6881 BUFFER IC VADR2
VADR2
DRIVER IC
DRIVER IC
DRIVER IC
DRIVER IC
DRIVER IC
DRIVER IC
DRIVER IC
DRIVER IC
DRIVER IC
DRIVER IC
DRIVER IC
DRIVER IC
DRIVER IC
DRIVER IC
DRIVER IC
DRIVER IC
DRIVER IC
DRIVER IC
DRIVER IC
DRIVER IC
DRIVER IC
30
1 2
PDP-503CMX
3 4
A
ER DRIVER IC DRIVER IC DRIVER IC DRIVER IC DRIVER IC DRIVER IC DRIVER IC DRIVER IC DRIVER IC DRIVER IC DRIVER IC DRIVER IC DRIVER IC DRIVER IC DRIVER IC DRIVER IC DRIVER IC DRIVER IC DRIVER IC DRIVER IC DRIVER IC
VADR2 AC1 Q6706 to Q6711 VADR_GEN 2 K3 K1 SAA3 +60 SAA1 ADR_CO SAA2
CLK/LE
IC6801 BUFFER IC
VADR2
VADR2
CLK/LE
IC6901 BUFFER IC
VADR2
ADDRESS CONNECT C ASSY
BGB1
CLAM
AD1
ADDRESS CONNECT D ASSY
CLB1
CLAMP
BRIDGE B ASSY
CLAMP B ASSY
SUB ADDRESS A ASSY
B
POWER SUPPLY MODULE
RC101
SW POWER SUPPLY Block
V MID CLAMP Block

X CONNECTOR A ASSY
Switching Q119
M111 Switching T104 Q122
LIVE NEAUTRAL RL101 T105 PRIMARY SECONDARY
CLAMP
T103
T105
CLAMP
VSUS_CONT VADR VSUS M114 POWER(RELAY) DC/DC CONV BLOCK
V_SUS +5V +15V VCP
STB5V
V_RN
AC IN LIVE
P5 P6 P3 P4
NEUTRAL
P7 Drive Signal X1
IC3200 Pulse Module
X_SUS MASK
P_SUS
C
X3
+5V
V_RN
+15V
STB+5V R4 R9
STB+5V
R1 STB+5V 12V,5V R8
LOGIC BLOCK
+Reset Pulse Block
MX AUDIO ASSY
+5V_AD/RGB
+15V A6 FAN_D X2
V_SUS +5V +15V VCP
IC5601 WIDE UCOM
FAN_Mute
IC8701 REGULATOR
IC5505 MAIN UCOM FLASH ROM
OP-AMP(Buf) FAN_NG
Drive Signal A7
I2C-BUS IC4803 PLD for SYNC MATRIX A5
Temp3 Audio_NG
IC3201 Pulse Module
X_SUS MASK
P_SUS
3State Buffer
+5VSTB +15V,+5VSTB R_Audio L_Audio

A_Mute2
+15V
D.C Det
IC5001(IC102)
IC4603 A/D PLL AMP 6M LPF Audio Mute
X DRIVE ASSY
IC8601 POWER AMP R_OUT L_OUT A3
X4
D
X CONNECTOR B ASSY
A1
S1 R6 S3
S2
SLOT CONNECTOR ASSY
MX LED ASSY
+3V,+5V,-5V V1 REG +7V,-8V IC7302 CHROMA DECODE (4-1SEL) 6MLPF +7V SECAM FLT 3L Y/C 3D Y/C &CNR E2PROM I2C-BUS 6M LPF Expander
L1
+3V,+5V T3 REG
3STATE Buffer 6M LPF IC7401 TMDS Receiver SEL IN3 DET SEL
SD RAM SPL1 IN4 DET AWV1906 Only
E
SP OUT L ASSY
L OUT
Audio OUT
DVI-D INPUT 5
Audio
S-Video
Audio
Composite
OUTPUT
INPUT3
INPUT4
VIDEO SLOT ST1 ASSY
SAB2
ADR_C +60 SAB3 K1
SAB1
SUB ADDRESS B ASSY
K2 Q6706 to Q6711 VADR_GEN K3 AB1 VADR2 BGD1
BRIDGE D ASSY
CLAMP
CLAMP D ASSY
CLD1 CLAM
ADR RESONANCE ASSY
ADDRESS CONNECT B ASSY

CLK/LE IC6601 BUFFER IC VADR2
ADDRESS CONNECT A ASSY

VADR2 AA1 CLK/LE IC6501 BUFFER IC VADR2
ER
DRIVER IC
DRIVER IC
DRIVER IC
DRIVER IC
DRIVER IC
DRIVER IC
DRIVER IC
DRIVER IC
DRIVER IC
DRIVER IC
DRIVER IC
DRIVER IC
DRIVER IC
DRIVER IC
DRIVER IC
DRIVER IC
DRIVER IC
DRIVER IC
DRIVER IC
DRIVER IC
DRIVER IC
PDP-503CMX
5 6 7 8
31
3.1.2 RGB ASSY

A
IC5102 (PE5066ACK) IC101
YI[0:7] PBI[0:7] PR[0:7]
IPKILL(68) CS(67) FILM(70)
YP[0:15] PBP[0:15] PRP[0:15]
CLK(236)
HWR(66) RD(65) RES(62)
UD[8:15]
UA[0:20]
HP(55) VP(56)
SD RAM 16M SD RAM 16M

VCLK(132) DEO(99) HDO(98) VDO(97)
CLP1(278) CLP2(279) YI[0:7] HBLK1(280)PBI[0:7] VBLK1(282) PR[0:7] VD_AD(53) YP[0:15] PBP[0:15] PRP[0:15] HI(168) VI(167) FI(166)
HI(57) VI(58) FI(64)
HP(170) HD_AD(52) VP(169) RA_IP[0:7] GA_IP[0:7] BA_IP[0:7] CLK(3) FDET(60) VACT(61) WAIT(62)
RAO[0:7]RBO[0:7] GAO[0:7]GBO[0:7] BAO[0:7]BBO[0:7] EMG_IP(67) CS(66) HWR(64) RD(65) RES(56)
IC5001 (???????) IC102
(LCX541) 2-1 Selector Buffer
I/O ASSY
13.5V V+12V V+9V 6.5V V+5V IC4004 IC4002 IC4003 V+12V V+9V V+5V V+3.3V AD V+3.3V PLD V-5V ACL AMP STB+5V IC4110 (24LCS21A) Plug&Play ROM STB+5V CBLK_MAT CLP_MAT
SCP-IN (31)
(LCX125) CLK SEL IC4603 (CXA3516R) A/D PLL AMP (2-1 Select)
DIVOUT (103) 1/2CLK (101) XUNLOCK (104) SDA(56) SCL(55)
HOLD
SYNCIN(111/112)
CLP_AMP
V+3.3V IC4005
CLPIN(113)
C
-9V
V+3.3V IC4006 V-5V IC4001
CLP_AMP
Digital RGB
INPUT1 Component /RGB
IC4402 (CXA2101AQ) MATRIX ~35M (3-1 Select)
G/YOUT(2) B/CbOUT(1) R_CrOUT(3)
HOLD(106)
ACL
EXT_INT Circuit SYNC SEP Clamp SW
CBLK_LPF
6M LPF
GeonSYNC(1) 2-1 GeonSYNC(2) SEL
INPUT1 Monitor Out
IC4108 (BA7657F) RGB 2-1 SW
Analog RGB HV / YPbPr

DIVOUT(32) HD_30(72) HD_PLL(27) VD_AD(8)
(TC74VHC541) TTL Conv.
INPUT2 Component /RGB Terminator SW Terminator SW
HD_RGB(41) VD_RGB(42) HD_PLK2(117) VD_PLK2(116) HD_PLD(119) VD_PLD(118)
-HS(100) +HS(101) +VS(102) CLP_AMP(28) CLP_MAT(111) CBLK_MAT(110) CBLK_LPF(109) HDLD_PLL(31)
INPUT1 Input DET. IN1DET
CLP1(5) CLP2(6) HBLKT(7) VBLKT(8)
WP_SW
Audio Input
IC4103 (TC4052BF) EXT/INT SEL EXT_INT
IC4104 (TA7630P) Pre-Amp. VOL Chroma Decode (4-1 Select) 6M LPF SECAM FLT 3L Y/C 6M LPF SD RAM I2C BUS
Audio Output
IC4103 (TC4052BF) Mute FIX/VAL SEL FIX_VAR A_MUTE1
(LCX541) Line Buffer (TFP201H) TMDS RECEIVER 6M LPF
3D Y/C&CNR 3D_RST
Audio Amp.
A_MUTE2 AUDIO_NG
2-1 SEL
2-1 SEL
DVI_PS VY_SBL
Expan. DBR
Audio Audio Input A Input B
DVI
Y/C
VIDEO VIDEO IN OUT
32
1 2
PDP-503CMX
3 4
CLP_SW1(91) CLP_SW2(92)
HD_SEP(106) VD_SEP(107)
CLP_SEP(99) HPOL(98) VPOL(97) HSTATE(96) VSTATE(93)
(LT1399CS) 3CH Video Amp.
Time Circuit
DIGITAL VIDEO ASSY

SD RAM 16M SD RAM 16M 100MHz X'tal
OSD_RXD(21) OSD_CLK(22) OSD_CE(23) HWRB(301) RDB(302) RESETB(303) CS4B(1) MCLKO(152) CLK2A(247) RA[0:9]RB[0:9] GA[0:9]GB[0:9] BA[0:9]BB[0:9] CLKOUT(88) DEO(92) HDO(91) VDO(90)
RGB ASSY
IC31 (1/2) VD Shift IC5602 (MEM29L800TA-90PFIN) Flash ROM IC31 (2/2)
MCLKI(242)
HIS(300)
IC5301 (PD6357B) IC30
OSD_V(49)
RAI[0:7]RBI[0:7] GAI[0:7]GBI[0:7] BAI[0:7]BBI[0:7] CLKI(286) HDI(297) DEI(296) VDI(299)
OSDH(62)
UA [0 : 20] UD [0 : 15]
RST IC
B
AND
CS_FLASH(69) FEW_CE(60) A13_FLASH(70) WAIT_FLASH(102) MD2(125)
WACT_FRCT(32)
HD_W(117) VD_W(34,73) DE_W(33,72)
RY/BY(102)
CS_30(66) IC_RST(126) RDB(91) HWRS(92)
EXT_RXD(62)
EXT_TXD(60)
SGLB_AD(79)
IC5601 (HD64F2328VF) Wide UCOM

WU_CE(29) D_CLK(63) D_RXD(61)
RESET(61)
H(119) VI(31) FI(118)
V+3VD DC/DC Converter V+2VD
REQ_WU(71)
DLK_PLL(105) PLL_OE(33) TXD_WU(97) SCK_WU(101)
HWR_DLAY
HWR_30
IC5503 (TC74WHTC541AFT) 5V 3.3V Converter
IC5501 (TC74WHTC541AFT) 3.3V 5V Converter
D_BUSY(64)
(88)
(M5223) OP AMP
(LM50C1M3) Thermo Sensor 2
Wide UCOM Write Connector TC7W126FU
RST_WU(70)
REQ_WU(74)
IN5DET(49)
WE_WU(71)
ULK_PLL(30)
DIN_SEL (66) ACL_SW(58) CLK(125) SCL(29) SDA(30) FR_SEL(134) PLD_CE(137) SCK(128) TXD(138) H_POL_U(132) V_POL_U(131) SYNC_ST(136) SIGRST(88) FR_SEL(51) PLD_CE(90) TXD(1) CLK(2) H_POL(79) V_POL(80)
BUSY30(55)
OSD_CE (45) WU_CE(47)
IC4803 (EPM3256ATC144-10) PLD for SYNC
TXD0(35) WP_SW(21) VOL(4) EXT_INT(76) FIX_VAR(84) A_MUTE1(77) A_MUTE2(78) SDIN_SEL(67) FAN_NG(48) FAN(3) (E)SDA(82) (E)SCL(81) EEPRST(83)
IC5505 (M3062FGAFP) Main UCOM
RXD0(36) WE_MD(72)
TEMP2(95)
BUSY(54)
RST2(75)
FWE(68)
MD2(69)
HD_U(140) VD_U(139)
Module UCOM TC7W126FU

PNL_MUTE(60) POWER(53) REQ_MD(19) REM(18) CB_MUTE (50)
SYNC_ST(85) SLOT_ST(93) SLOT_ST2(22) RGB_SEL(52) IN1DET(40)
KEY1_SCAN(20)
DPMS(7) H_SYNC(5) H_SYNC(6) AUDIO_NC(42)
LED_G(37) LED_R(38)
IN3DET(36) IN4DET(37)
IC5504, IC5509 (74HCT00) SYNC SEL
IC5502 (24LC64(I)SN EEP ROM THERMO SENSOR FAN
Main UCOM (PS9248N) Write Connector RST IC KEY LED RS-232C REM
IN4DET
IN3DET
EEPROM
Slot State
CNVSS(9) BUS(34) RXD1(32) TXD1(31) RST(12)
TEMP(94)
PDP-503CMX
5 6 7 8
33
3.1.3 DIGITAL VIDEO ASSY

A
RGB ASSY
B
IC5301 (PD6357) IC30
VD HD DE CLK RGB 2 phase 10 bit
DIGITAL VIDEO ASSY

3.3V
3.3V 2.5V
IC1301 (IC31 L) (PD6358) DRAM Line Buffer IC1401 (IC31 R) (PD6358) DRAM
3.3V
Address Data
ADR CONNECT A - D Assy (Left section)
Address BUS Data BUS 3.3V Control Signal Reflesh-rate Det.
Address Data
ADR CONNECT A - D Assy (Right section) Y DRIVE Assy

Sustain Control
VD 31
APLR
IC1191 Flash ROM

3.3V HD VD
IC1703 (IC23) (PE5064)

STOPB Address Resonance Control PC_VIDEO ADR_K_EMG 5V ADR K PD U ADR K PD D
AND
RESET
IC1101 (HD64F2328VF) Panel Microcomputer

RXD BUSY REQ_PU APD MUTE
X DRIVE Assy
RESONANCE Assy
EXT_TXD
ADR PD
RXDO REM PM_ST PN_MUTE MAX_PLS1 DITHER MOD_SW POWER MAX_PLS2
Reset IC CN1201
EXT_RXD
DEW DET
RST PU
5.0V 3.3V
EXD RXD EXD TXD
3.3V 5.0V
RST2
AND
OR
Panel W/B ADJ. Hour/Pulse meter pn 5V 3.3V 2.5V STB5V
STB5V
STB5V
IIC BUS
IC5505 (M30624FGAGP) Main Microcomputer
EEP ROM
DCC_PD 5V
TXDO REQ_MD
RXDO TXDO WE_PN RESET
IC1207 (M30624FGAFP) Module Microcomputer OR

TEMP1 DIG. ADR. PD AC_OFF PD_TRIGGER RELAY
DC/DC Converter Block
Reset IC
D
THERMAL SENSOR Assy
SW POWER SUPPLY Module
34
1 2
PDP-503CMX
3 4
STB5V
12V
K3105 SUSOUT A 37-40
Q3103, Q3107
Q3104, Q3109
Q3105, Q3124
Q3106, Q3125
29,30 14 16 18 20
3.1.4 X DRIVE ASSY
From DIGITAL VIDEO ASSY
5
IC3200 STK795-470 Pulse Module IC3103,IC3104 TND301S XNR_U
1 37-40 20 23 2 3 17 14 16 18 20 16 15 13 12 14 11 4 5 7 8 6 9 18 29,30 22 21 5 2 3 4 6 8 9 7 10 15 18 16 17 K3106 SUSOUT B
K3107 PSUS
IC3008 TC74ACT541FT
CN3001 X2 Q3110, Q3114 Q3111, Q3115
PN_MUTE 23
14
Q3112, Q3126
Q3113, Q3127
XNR-U 21
15
XSUS-B 5
18
XSUS-U 7 PLD
19
17
XSUS-D 9 IC3106,IC3107 TND301S
16
XSUS-G 11
6
IC3008 PE1012A IC3001 TC74ACT541FT
XCP-MSK
18
IC3201 STK795-470 Pulse Module
To X CONNECTOR ASSY
XSUS-MSK 13
16
XCP-MSK 15
15
XNR-D1 17
17
XNR-D2 19 charge pump circuit

VCP
14
PDP-503CMX
IC3102 HCPL-M611
XSUS-MSK
IC3004 TC74ACT540FT
IC3101 TC74ACT541FT
2-9 11-18
Photo coupler
7
SUSGND XNR_U
XNR-D1
Q3116 Q3120
Q3122 IC3110 TND301S
XNR-D2
CN3101 X1 P.D. DET.
Q3128
+15V
IC3113 TND301S
DGND
VRN UVP
XDRIVE_PD
VRN OVP
3
VRN-300V
XDC_DC_PD
VSUS
VSUS 225V
T3701 VRN D-D CONV.
8 E
SUSGND 11
SUSGND
35
A D C B
3.1.5 Y DRIVE ASSY

A
Y5 IC5V CLR CLK OC1 OC2-1 LE AB SI1 SI2
27 25 30 31 40 42 43 45
Photo Coupler Photo Coupler Photo Coupler Photo Coupler Photo Coupler Photo Coupler Photo Coupler Photo Coupler
VH
IC2504 TC74ACT540FT
CN2501 CN2502 To SCAN ASSY (Lower)
IC2001 TC74ACT541FT
IC2501,IC2502, IC2505,IC2510, IC2512,IC2513, IC2514,IC2525, HCPL-M611 IC2506 TC74ACT540FT
To SCAN ASSY (Upper)
OC2-2
Photo Coupler
VH
IC2516 HCPL-M611
Y3
IC2503 TC74ACT540FT
14
C
SUS muteDET. circuit
IC2005 TC74ACT541FT
+13.5V -9V
16 18 20
Pulse Module (STK795-470) IC2206
OC2-2 PN_MUTE YPR-U1 YPR-U2 YSUS-B YSUS-U YSUS-D YOFS YSUS-G YCP-MSK YSUS-MSK YSOFT-D DEW_DET
33 24 19 21 9 10 12 18 13 16 15 22 46
IC2004 TC74ACT541FT
YPR-U1
14 16 18 20
Pulse Module (STK795-470) IC2214
YCP-MSK IC2007 TC74ACT540FT

YPR-U2
charge pump circuit
Y2
IC2006 PE1013
YSUS-MSK
Photo Coupler
Q2102
Dew DET. circuit

IC2005 TC74ACT541FT
YSOFT-D
IC2202 HCPL-M611
Vsus
E
+15V D. GND +13.5V -9V YDRIVE_PD YDC_DC_PD VOFS_ADJ VSUS VSUS SUSGND SUSGND
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 10 11 13 14
P.D. DET.
YOFS
Photo Coupler
IC2208 HCPL-M611 IC5V
IC5V UVP
IC5V, VF D-D CONV.
VF+ VF-
D. GND VOFS UVP VOFS OVP
VOFS
VOFS D-D CONV.

VH
F
SUSGND VH UVP VH OVP
VH D-D CONV.
36
1 2
PDP-503CMX
3 4
VSUS Q2204 YPR-U1 YPR-U2 IC2203 TND301S Q2205
K2203
37-40 SUSOUT A 29,30
IC2212 TND301S Q2219 Q2218 Q2215 Q2216 K2220 PSUS
5V 15V Vsus SUSOUT B

37-40 29,30
IC2213 TND301S Q2221 K2212 IC2216 TND301S Q2217 Q2226 Q2227 Q2228 Q2220
TO Y CONNECTOR ASS'Y
5V 15V Vsus
IC2217 TND301S Q2233 Q2232 VCP
IC2201 TC74ACT541FT
2-9
11-18
PSUS Q2210
IC2204 TND301S
SUSGND Q2211
IC2210 TND301S
Q2212
PDP-503CMX
5 6 7 8
37
38
+15V +5V_AD/RGB Vin FAN_D FAN_PD Vadj +5V_AD/RG B Vc Vout A6
3.1.6 MX AUDIO ASSY
REGULATOR IC8701
A5
+5V_AD/RGB
FAN_Mute ( < 3.4V )
NOR
OP-AMP(Buf)
(3.06V - 1.66V) A7 FAN_D
2
uCOM_FAN
FAN_NG
FAN_PD
Temp3
Audio_NG
PDP-503CMX
[ FAN Drive Block ]
+15V
POWER AMP IC8601
+15V
+5VSTB
D.C Detect
+5VSTB
A3 Temp3
A1
+15V
R_Audio
Audio Mute
R_Audio L_Audio
Stand_by R_OUT R_GND L_OUT L_GND

4
GND
L_Audio
GND
A_Mute
+5VSTB
[ MX Audio Block ]
3.1.7 SUB ADDRESS Aand B ASSYS

A
+60V ADRGND
CN8801 H : V MID CLAMP OFF L : V MID CLAMP ON
Current - Voltage Convert Block

R8801 - R8805
Over Current DET. Block

Q8801
P.D. Output Block V MID SW ADRK EMG1 +12V DGND ADR-B ADR-U ADR-D ADRK. PD
CN8802 IC8801 (DC+AC) (-AC) Q8803, Q8831
ADR Output Resistance Load Block

Q8805, Q8806
ADR EMG 1 Block

12V
BUFF Block
Inversion Block
IC8801
+5V REG
D8804 5V
SW ADR-D ADR-U ADR-B +12V DGND VADR ADRGND ADROUT

CN8803 H : EMG1 OFF L : EMG1 ON
Additional Block
IC8802
(DC)
Conparator (EMG : ON)
CLK
Flip / Flop
IC8802
IC8803
Conparator (EMG : OFF)
CLR
IC8804
PDP-503CMX
5 6 7 8
39
3.1.8 ADR RESONANCE ASSY

A
+60V +60V +60V +60V

CN6702 12V
CAUTION : FOR CONTINUED PROTECTION AGAINST RISK OF FIRE. REPLACE ONLY WITH SAME TYPE NO. ICP-S1.0 MFD BY ROHM CO., LTD. FOR IC6704.
ICP-S1, 0
IC6704 C6703 - C6708
Address Resonance Output Block ADROUT ADRGND VADR DGND +12V ADR-B ADR-U ADR-D SW
CN6701
ADR-B Pre-Drive
IC6701
ADR-B Drive
Q6701, Q6704
ADR B C6720 ADR U C6721 Q6708 Q6709 Q6706 Q6707
ADR-U Pre-Drive
ADR-U Drive
L6704
ADR OUT
IC6702
Q6702, Q6705
VADR V MID ADRGND DGND SW

CN6703 DGND
ADR D C6722 Q6710 Q6711
ADR-D Pre-Drive
IC6703
ADR-D Drive
Q6703, Q6712
V MID C6716 C6718
ADRGND
40
1 2
PDP-503CMX
3 4
3.1.9 ADR CONNECT A,B,C and D ASSYS

A
Address Module (TCP)
ADR OUT ADR PD
BRIDGE ASSY OPEN PD
HZ LBLK HBLK LE CLK DATA_R DATA_G DATA_B DATA_R DATA_G DATA_B DATA_R DATA_G DATA_B DATA_R DATA_G DATA_B DATA_R DATA_G DATA_B DATA_R DATA_G DATA_B DATA_R DATA_G DATA_B DATA_R DATA_G DATA_B DATA_R DATA_G DATA_B DATA_R DATA_G DATA_B
Q6502, Q6503
HZ LBLK HBLK LE CLK
Buffer
IC6501
CN6501
PDP-503CMX
5 6 7 8
41
42
Signal Route
IC4108 BA7657F 6M LPF IC4403 IC4402 CXA2101AQ IC4603 CXA3516R IC5001 PE5067A-K IC5301 PD6357B IC4108 BA7657F IC4402 CXA2101AQ IC4603 CXA3516R IC5001 PE5067A-K IC5301 PD6357B
3.1.10 VIDEO SIGNAL ROUTE
Total Figure
1
IC4108 BA7657F IC4603 CXA3516R IC5001 PE5067A-K IC5301 PD6357B IC4402 CXA2101AQ IC4603 CXA3516R IC5001 PE5067A-K IC5301 PD6357B IC5301 PD6357B IC4108 BA7657F 6M LPF IC4403 IC4603 CXA3516R IC5001 PE5067A-K IC4402 CXA2101AQ IC5301 PD6357B
INPUT
Input Signal
VIDEO Signal (480i)
1/2
VIDEO Signal (except 480i)
PC Signal
2
Analog Video Signal Digital Video Signal
3/4
VIDEO Signal (NTSC etc.)
PC Signal
PDP-503CMX
INPUT1
INPUT2
VIDEO SLOT
INPUT3/4
INPUT5
3.1.11 SYNC SIGNAL ROUTE
Total Figure
5
Signal Route
IC4108 BA7657F 6M LPF IC4403 IC4402 CXA2101AQ IC4603 CXA3516R IC5001 PE5067A-K IC5301 PD6357B IC4108 BA7657F IC4402 CXA2101AQ IC4603 CXA3516R IC5001 PE5067A-K IC5301 PD6357B IC4108 BA7657F IC4603 CXA3516R IC5001 PE5067A-K IC5301 PD6357B IC4402 CXA2101AQ IC4603 CXA3516R IC5001 PE5067A-K IC5301 PD6357B IC5301 PD6357B IC4108 BA7657F 6M LPF IC4403 IC4603 CXA3516R IC5001 PE5067A-K IC4402 CXA2101AQ IC5301 PD6357B
INPUT
Input Signal
VIDEO Signal (480i)
1/2
VIDEO Signal (except 480i)
PC Signal
6 E D C
3/4
VIDEO Signal (NTSC etc.)
PC Signal
PDP-503CMX
INPUT1
INPUT2
VIDEO SLOT
INPUT3/4
INPUT5
Analog Video Signal Digital Video Signal
8 A B
43
3.2 WAVEFORMS
RGB ASSY
A
CH1 : IC5505 - pin 29 (SCL) CH2 : IC5505 - pin 30 (SDA) V: 5V/div. H: 500sec/div.
CH1 : IC5505 - pin 1 (TXD) CH2 : IC5505 - pin 2 (CLK) V: 5V/div. H: 100sec/div.
CH1 CH2
GND GND GND
CH2
GND
CH1 CH1 CH2

GND GND GND
CH1
GND
CH2
CH1 : IC5505 - pin 81 ((E) SCL) CH2 : IC5505 - pin 82 ((E) SDA) V: 5V/div. H: 500sec/div.
IC5505 - pin 15 (XIN) V: 2V/div. H: 50nsec/div.
CH2 CH1 CH2
GND GND GND
GND GND
CH1
IC5505 - pin 20 (KEYSCAN) V: 5V/div. H: 50msec/div.
GND
GND
4
D
IC5505 - pin 35 (TXDO) V: 5V/div. H: 1msec/div.
GND
GND
5
E
IC5505 - pin 18 (REM) V: 5V/div. H: 50msec/div.
GND
GND
44
1 2
PDP-503CMX
3 4
DIGITAL VIDEO ASSY

1
K1327 (VDI) K1328 (HDI) V: 2V/div. H: 4msec/div.
K1326 (DEI) K1333 (VCLKL) V: 2V/div. H: 4sec/div.
K1308 (VDRB) IC1501 - pin 15 (LBLK) V: 2V/div. H: 2msec/div.
K1327 (VDI) K1328 (HDI) V: 2V/div. H: 10sec/div.
K1326 (DEI) K1333 (VCLKL) V: 2V/div. H: 10nsec/div.
K1308 (VDRB) IC1501 - pin 13 (LE) V: 2V/div. H: 2msec/div.
K1327 (VDI) CN1004 pin 49 (R DIGITAL VIDEO) V: 2V/div. H: 4msec/div.
K1308 (VDRB) R1713 - pin 7 (XSUS_B) V: 2V/div. H: 2msec/div.
10
IC1501 - pin 13 (LE) IC1501 - pin 11 (ADRCLK) V: 2V/div. H: 200nsec/div.
K1328 (HDI) K1326 (DEI) V: 2V/div. H: 4sec/div.
K1308 (VDRB) R1703 - pin 8 (YSUS_B) V: 2V/div. H: 2msec/div.
10
IC1501 - pin 13 (LE) IC1501 - pin 11 (ADRCLK) V: 2V/div. H: 20nsec/div.
K1308 (VDRB) R1343 - pin 8 (RDAT_DL0) V: 2V/div. H: 4msec/div.
PDP-503CMX
5 6 7 8
45
RESONANCE ASSY
A
ADR CONNECT A - D ASSY

1
CH1 : IC6501 - pin 8 (CLK) CH2 : IC6501 - pin 6 (LE) CH3 : IC6501 - (DATA) V: 1V/div. (Input : VIDEO, Signal : Color bar)
CH1 GND H: 2msec/div CH2 GND CH3 GND CH1 GND H: 500nsec/div CH2 GND CH3 GND
SUB ADDRESS A, B ASSY

1
CH1 : IC8801 - pin 3 CH2 : IC8801 - pin 7 CH3 : IC8802 - pin 1 V: 2V/div. H: 2msec/div. (Input : VIDEO, Signal : Color bar)
CH1 : IC6702 - pin 2 CH2 : IC6701 - pin 2 CH3 : IC6703 - pin 2 V: 1V/div. (Input : VIDEO, Signal : Color bar)
CH1 GND
H: 2msec/div
CH2 GND CH3 GND CH1 GND
CH1 GND CH2
GND CH3 GND
H: 500nsec/div
CH2 GND CH3 GND
CH1 : D6706 Cathode CH2 : D6703 Cathode CH3 : D6708 Cathode V: 2V/div. (Input : VIDEO, Signal : Color bar)
CH1 GND CH2 GND CH3 GND CH1 GND
CH1 : IC6501 - pin 5 (HBLK) CH2 : IC6501 - pin 3 (LBLK) CH3 : IC6501 - pin 2 (HZ) V: 1V/div. (Input : VIDEO, Signal : Color bar)
CH1 GND CH2 GND CH3 GND CH1 CH2 GND CH3 GND GND
CH1 : IC8801 - pin 3 CH2 : IC8801 - pin 7 CH3 : IC8802 - pin 1 V: 2V/div. H: 2msec/div. (Input : VIDEO, Signal : Color bar)
H: 2msec/div
H: 2msec/div
CH1 GND CH2 GND CH3 GND
H: 500nsec/div
CH2 GND CH3 GND
H: 500nsec/div
CH1 : Q6706 Drain CH2 : Q6710 Soruse V: 10V/div. (Input : VIDEO, Signal : Color bar)
V MID CLAMP ASSY

1
CH1
GND
H: 2msec/div
CH2
GND
CH1 : Q9006 Base (CLAMP REF V) CH2 : D9010 Anode (MID) CH3 : Q9006 Collector V: 10V/div. H: 2msec/div. (Input : VIDEO, Signal : Color bar)
CH1
CH1
H: 500nsec/div GND
GND CH2
CH2
GND
4
D
CH1 : Q6706 Drain CH2 : Q6710 Soruse V: 10V/div. (Input : PC, Signal : Color bar)
GND
CH3 GND
2
H: 2msec/div
CH1
GND
CH2
GND
CH1 : Q9006 Base (CLAMP REF V) CH2 : D9010 Anode (MID) CH3 : Q9006 Collector V: 10V/div. H: 2msec/div. (Input : PC, Signal : Color bar)
CH1 GND CH2
CH1
H: 500nsec/div GND
CH2
GND GND CH3 GND
5
E
CH1 : Q6708 Drain CH2 : Q6710 Drain V: 10V/div. (Input : VIDEO, Signal : Color bar)
CH1
H: 2msec/div GND
CH2
GND
CH1
H: 500nsec/div GND
CH2
GND
46
1 2
PDP-503CMX
3 4
RGB VIDEO Signal Waveforms

Waveform at Power ON
Reset 2, D+2.5V, D+3.3V V: 2V/div. H: 20msec/div. A+3.3V, D+2.5V, D+3.3V V: 2V/div. H: 50msec/div. Wide UCOM, Reset 2, D+3.3V V: 2V/div. H: 20msec/div. IC100 clk, Reset 2, D+3.3V V: 2V/div. H: 20msec/div.
Measurement Point
I/O ASSY RGB ASSY
5 4
CN4004 CN4103 IC4108 BA7657F J5203
6 15 17 22
IC5301 PD6357B
IC4403 6MLPF
IC4402 CXA2101AQ
13 27
IC4603 CXA3516R
14 12
CN5701
IC5001 PE5067 A-K
10 11 25 T1 16 18
IC4803 PDY077 CN5702
26 9 8
IC4802 M52346 SP
21
20
IC5702 IC5701
T2
23
19
24
IC5505 M30624 FGAFP
Trigger Signal
T1 K4805 (HD_PLL) : For Horizonatal Sync. Signal T2 IC4802 - pin 13 : For Vertical Sync. Signal
Measurement Condition
1 to 27 : 28 to 29 : 30 to 31 : 32 to 33 :
Input Input Signal Signal Pattern Screen Mode Clamp Mode Color Mode
: INPUT 1 (Component) : 480i : H RAMP : WIDE : AUTO : COLOR MODE 1
: INPUT 2 (RGBHV) : XGA@60Hz : Monoscope : FULL : AUTO : COLOR MODE 1
: INPUT 5 (DVI) : XGA@60Hz : Monoscope : FULL : AUTO : COLOR MODE 1
: INPUT 2 (RGBHV) : 1125i : Monoscope : FULL : AUTO : COLOR MODE 1
PDP-503CMX
5 6 7 8
47
Information
NO.
A
Point CN4103 - pin 2 CN4004 - pin 1 IC4402 - pin 17 IC4603 - pin 133 IC4603 - pin 70 IC5301 - pin 276 IC5701 - pin 30 IC4802 - pin 4 IC4802 - pin 15 IC4402 - pin 31 IC4603 - pin 113 IC4603 - pin 103 IC4603 - pin 101 IC4603 - pin 98 K5315 (HD_SEL) CN5702 - pin 26 K5314 (DE_SEL) CN5702 - pin 24 IC4803 - pin 140 K5317 (HD_SEL) IC4803 - pin 11 K5316 (VD_SEL) CN5702 - pin 28 IC4803 - pin 139 K4806 IC4402 - pin 31 K4603 (Y_SIGNAL) K5314 (DE_SEL) K5315 (HD_SEL) K5316 (VD_SEL) K5317 (HD_30) K5314 (DE_SEL) K5315 (HD_SEL) K5316 (VD_SEL) K5317 (HD_30) K5314 (DE_SEL) K5315 (HD_SEL) K5316 (VD_SEL) K5317 (HD_30) K5314 (DE_SEL) K5315 (HD_SEL) K5316 (VD_SEL) K5317 (HD_30) K5314 (DE_SEL) Synchronize with K4805 (HD_PLL) Synchronize with K4805 (HD_PLL) Synchronize with K4805 (HD_PLL) Synchronize with K4805 (HD_PLL) Synchronize with K4805 (HD_PLL)
Information
Trigger Signal (CH4) T1 T1 T1 T1 T1 T1 T1 T1 T1 T1 T1 T1 T1 T1 T1 T1 T1 T1 T1 T1 T2 T2 T2 T2 T2 T2 T2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
Synchronize with K4805 (HD_PLL) and frequency is 4 times. Do not synchronize with K4805 (HD_PLL) Synchronize with K4805 (HD_PLL) Synchronize with K4805 (HD_PLL) Synchronize with K4805 (HD_PLL) Synchronize with K4805 (HD_PLL) Synchronize with K4805 (HD_PLL) No output Clock signal that synchronizes with K4805 (HD_PLL) Synchronize with K4805 (HD_PLL) and frequency is 4 times. Do not synchronize with K4805 (HD_PLL) Synchronize with K4805 (HD_PLL) and frequency is 4 times. Do not synchronize with K4805 (HD_PLL) Synchronize with K4805 (HD_PLL) and frequency is 1/4 times. Synchronize with K4805 (HD_PLL) Synchronize with IC4802 - pin 13 Synchronize with IC4802 - pin 13 Synchronize with IC4802 - pin 13 Synchronize with IC4802 - pin 13 Synchronize with IC4802 - pin 13 Synchronize with IC4802 - pin 13 Synchronize with IC4802 - pin 13 K5314 (DE_SEL) is fixed to "L" level in the PC signal indication. K5315 (HD_SEL) and k 5317 (HD _ 30) synchronize with K5316 (VD_SEL).
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
23 24 25 26 27
28
K5316 (VD_SEL)
29
Magnified K5316 (VD_SEL) section of No. 28. K5315 (HD_SEL) and K5317 (HD _ 30) are the same frequency in the PC signal indication.
K5316 (VD_SEL)
30
K5314 (DE_SEL) is not fixed to "L" level in the PC signal indication by the DVI input. K5314 (DE_SEL), K5315 (HD_SEL) and k 5317 (HD_30) synchronize with K5316 (VD_SEL).
K5316 (VD_SEL)
31
Magnified K5316 (VD_SEL) section of No. 30. K5314 (DE_SEL), K5315 (HD_SEL) and K5317 (HD_30) are the same frequency in the PC signal indication by the DVI input.
K5316 (VD_SEL)
32
K5315 (HD_SEL) K5316 (VD_SEL) K5317 (HD_30) K5314 (DE_SEL) K5315 (HD_SEL) K5316 (VD_SEL) K5317 (HD_30)
K5314 (DE_SEL) is not fixed to "L" level in the 1125i indication. K5314 (DE_SEL), K5315 (HD_SEL) and k 5317 (HD _ 30) synchronize with K5316 (VD_SEL).
K5316 (VD_SEL)
33
Magnified K5316 (VD_SEL) section of No. 32. Frequency of 2 times of K5314 (DE_SEL), K5315 (HD_SEL) and K5317 (HD_30) in the 1125i indication.
K5316 (VD_SEL)
48
1 2
PDP-503CMX
3 4
CN4103 - pin 2 V: 200mV/div. H: 10sec/div.
IC5301 - pin 276 V: 1V/div. H: 10sec/div.
11
16
CN5702 - pin 26 V: 2V/div. H: 10sec/div.
T1
T1
T1
T1
CN4004 - pin 1 V: 200mV/div. H: 10sec/div.
12
17
K5315 V: 2V/div. H: 10sec/div.
T1
T1
T1
T1
13
18
CN5702 - pin 24 V: 2V/div. H: 10sec/div.
T1
T1
T1
T1
14
IC4603 - pin 98 V: 2V/div. H: 80msec/div.
19
T1
T1
T1
T1
10
15
20
T1
T1
T1
T1
PDP-503CMX
5 6 7 8
49
21
A
IC4803 - pin 11 V: 200mV/div. H: 4msec/div.
26
IC4402 - pin 31 V: 200mV/div. H: 4msec/div.
28
K5314 (DE_SEL), K5315 (HD_SEL), K5316 (VD_SEL), K5317 (HD_30) V: 5V/div. H: 2msec/div.
K5316
32
K5316
K5314 K5315
K5314
K5315
T2
T2
K5317
K5317
22
B
K5316 V: 200mV/div. H: 4msec/div.
27
K4603 (Y_SIGNAL) V: 1V/div. H: 20sec/div.
29
K5314 (DE_SEL), K5315 (HD_SEL), K5316 (VD_SEL), K5317 (HD_30) V: 5V/div. H: 40sec/div.
K5316
33
K5316
K5314
K5314
K5315
K5315
T2 T2
K5317
K5317
23
CN5702 - pin 28 V: 200mV/div. H: 4msec/div.
30
K5316
C
K5314
K5315
T2
K5317
24
IC4803 - pin 139 V: 200mV/div. 4msec/div.
31
K5316
D
K5314
K5315
T2
K5317
25
K4806 V: 200mV/div. H: 4msec/div.
T2
50
1 2
PDP-503CMX
3 4
Sustain Waveforms
Sustain Waveform (1 field)
ch 1 : K3107 (X.PSUS) - K3201 (SUSGND) V: 100V/div. H: 2msec/div. ch 2 : K2220 (Y.PSUS) - K2219 (SUSGND) V: 100V/div. H: 2msec/div.
Drive Pulse Waveforms

Sustain Waveform (1 sub-field)
ch 1 : K3107 (X.PSUS) - K3201 (SUSGND) V: 100V/div. H: 500sec/div. ch 2 : K2220 (Y.PSUS) - K2219 (SUSGND) V: 100V/div. H: 500sec/div.
Y Drive Pulse Control Waveform (1 field)

ch 1 : K2220 (Y.PSUS) - K2219 (SUSGND) V: 100V/div. H: 2msec/div. ch 2 : K2039 (YCP_MSK) - K2024 (DGND) V: 10V/div. H: 2msec/div. ch 3 : K2040 (YSUS_MSK) - K2024 (DGND) V: 10V/div. H: 2msec/div. ch 4 : K2041 (OFS) - K2024 (DGND) V: 10V/div. H: 2msec/div. ch 5 : K2053 (SOFT_D) - K2024 (DGND) V: 10V/div. H: 2msec/div.
Sustain Waveform
ch 1 : K2220 (Y.PSUS) - K2219 (SUSGND) V: 100V/div. H: 500nsec/div. ch 2 : K2028 (YSUS_U) - K2024 (DGND) V: 10V/div. H: 500nsec/div. ch 3 : K2027 (YSUS_B) - K2024 (DGND) V: 10V/div. H: 500nsec/div. ch 4 : K2029 (YSUS_D) - K2024 (DGND) V: 10V/div. H: 500nsec/div. ch 5 : K2037 (YSUS_G) - K2024 (DGND) V: 10V/div. H: 500nsec/div.
Sustain Waveform (sustain)

Y Drive Pulse Control Waveform (1 sub-field)

ch 1 : K2220 (Y.PSUS) - K2219 (SUSGND) V: 100V/div. H: 50sec/div. ch 2 : K2039 (YCP_MSK) - K2024 (DGND) V: 10V/div. H: 50sec/div. ch 3 : K2040 (YSUS_MSK) - K2024 (DGND) V: 10V/div. H: 50sec/div. ch 4 : K2041 (OFS) - K2024 (DGND) V: 10V/div. H: 50sec/div. ch 5 : K2053 (SOFT_D) - K2024 (DGND) V: 10V/div. H: 50sec/div.
Sustain Waveform (sustain)

X Drive Pulse Control Waveform (1 field)

ch 1 : K3107 (X.PSUS) - K3201 (SUSGND) V: 100V/div. H: 2msec/div. ch 2 : K3017 (XCP_MSK) - K3005 (DGND) V: 10V/div. H: 2msec/div. ch 3 : K3015 (XSUS_MSK) - K3005 (DGND) V: 5V/div. H: 2msec/div.
Sustain Waveform (1 field)

Sustain Waveform (reset pulse)

PDP-503CMX
5 6 7 8
51
5.PCB PARTS LIST

A
NOTES:
Parts marked by "NSP" are generally unavailable because they are not in our Master Spare Parts List. The mark found on some component parts indicates the importance of the safety factor of the part. Therefore, when replacing, be sure to use parts of identical designation. When ordering resistors, first convert resistance values into code form as shown in the following examples. Ex.1 When there are 2 effective digits (any digit apart from 0), such as 560 ohm and 47k ohm (tolerance is shown by J=5%, and K=10%). 560 56 x 10 1 RD1/4PU 5 6 1 J 561 47k RD1/4PU 4 7 3 J 47 x 10 3 473 0.5 RN2H R 5 0 K R50 1 RS1P 1 R 0 K 1R0 Ex.2 When there are 3 effective digits (such as in high precision metal film resistors). 5.62k 562 x 10 1 5621 RN1/4PC 5 6 2 1 F
Mark No.
NSP
Description
Part No.
AWV1968 AWZ6722 AWZ6723 AWZ6732 AWZ6733 AWZ6734 AWZ6735 AWZ6736 AWZ6737 AWZ6738 AWZ6739 AWZ6740 AWZ6741 AWV1900 AWZ6626 AWZ6627 AWZ6628 AWZ6629 AWZ6750 AWV1984 AWV1986 AWZ6745 AWZ6689 AWZ6690 AWZ6696 AWZ6634 AWV1979 AWV1976 AWZ6633 AWZ6637 AWZ6642 AWZ6643 AWZ6644 AWZ6695 AWZ6705 AWZ6706 AWV1978 AWZ6631 AWZ6744
LIST OF ASSEMBLIES
1..SCAN FUKUGO ASSY 2..SCAN (A) ASSY 2..SCAN (B) ASSY 2..X CONNECTOR (A) ASSY 2..X CONNECTOR (B) ASSY 2..BRIDGE A ASSY 2..BRIDGE B ASSY 2..BRIDGE C ASSY 2..BRIDGE D ASSY 2..CLAMP A ASSY 2..CLAMP B ASSY 2..CLAMP C ASSY 2..CLAMP D ASSY 1..ADDRESS FUKUGO ASSY 2..ADR CONNECT A ASSY 2..ADR CONNECT B ASSY 2..ADR CONNECT C ASSY 2..ADR CONNECT D ASSY 2..ADR RESONANCE ASSY 1..X DRIVE ASSY
D
Mark No.
Description
Part No.
SCAN (A) ASSY

SEMICONDUCTORS
IC6201-IC6206 D6207 SN755864APZP KU10N16
CAPACITORS
C6201,C6202,C6212,C6213(0.1uF/250V)ACG1088 C6222,C6223,C6232,C6233(0.1uF/250V)ACG1088 C6242,C6243,C6252,C6253(0.1uF/250V)ACG1088 C6203, C6259 CCSRCH151J50 C6206, C6210, C6215, C6219, C6227 CCSRCH181J50 C6229, C6236, C6240, C6244, C6246 C6255, C6260 C6208, C6209, C6217, C6218, C6226 C6230, C6238, C6239, C6245, C6250 C6257, C6258 C6204, C6205, C6207, C6214, C6216 C6220, C6224, C6225, C6231 C6234, C6235, C6237, C6248, C6249 C6251, C6254, C6256, C6262-C6266 C6211, C6221, C6228, C6241, C6247 C6261 CCSRCH181J50 CCSRCH181J50 CCSRCH331J50 CCSRCH331J50 CCSRCH331J50 CCSRCH390J50 CCSRCH390J50 CCSRCH390J50 CCSRCH390J50 CKSRYF104Z16 CKSRYF104Z16
NSP NSP NSP NSP NSP
NSP
1..50 Y DRIVE ASSY 2..Y DRIVE ASSY 2..SUB ADDRESS A ASSY 2..SUB ADDRESS B ASSY 2..SENSOR ASSY 2..SLOT CONNECTOR ASSY 1..DIGITAL VIDEO ASSY
RESISTORS
R6207, R6209, R6222, R6228, R6232 R6239 Other Resistors RAB4C221J RAB4C221J RS1/16S###J
NSP
1..MX FUKUGO ASSY 2..CONTROL ASSY 2..SIDE KEY ASSY 2..MX LED ASSY 2..IR ASSY 2..MX AUDIO ASSY 2..KEY CONNECTOR ASSY 2..SP OUT L ASSY 2..SP OUT R ASSY 1..RGB VIDEO ASSY 2..I/O ASSY 2..RGB ASSY
OTHERS
CN6201 (15P COONNECTOR) K6202, K6212, K6219, K6225, K6231 (TEST PIN) K6239, K6244 (TEST PIN) AKP1218 AKX9002 AKX9002
SCAN (B) ASSY

SEMICONDUCTORS
IC6001-IC6006 D6007 SN755864APZP KU10N16
NSP
CAPACITORS
F
C6001,C6002,C6011,C6012(0.1uF/250V)ACG1088 C6021,C6022,C6031,C6032(0.1uF/250V)ACG1088 C6041,C6042,C6051,C6052(0.1uF/250V)ACG1088 C6004, C6058 CCSRCH151J50 C6005, C6009, C6013, C6015 CCSRCH181J50
52
1 2
PDP-503CMX
3 4
Mark No.
Description
Part No.
CCSRCH181J50 CCSRCH181J50 CCSRCH331J50 CCSRCH331J50 CCSRCH331J50 CCSRCH390J50 CCSRCH390J50 CCSRCH390J50 CCSRCH390J50 CKSRYF104Z16 CKSRYF104Z16
Mark No.
Description
Part No.
C6026, C6027, C6038, C6040, C6044 C6048, C6054, C6059 C6007, C6008, C6014, C6019, C6025 C6028, C6035, C6039, C6046, C6047 C6056, C6057 C6003, C6006, C6017, C6018, C6020 C6023, C6024, C6029, C6033, C6034 C6037, C6043, C6045, C6049, C6053 C6055, C6060, C6062-C6066 C6010, C6016, C6030, C6036, C6050 C6061
BRIDGE D ASSY
SEMICONDUCTORS
D6451 D1FL20U(S)
A
CAPACITORS
C6451 (0.1uF/100V) ACG1098
OTHERS
CN6451 (4P PH CONNECTOR) B4B-PH-SM3
CLAMP A ASSY
SEMICONDUCTORS
D6461 D1FL20U(S)
B
RESISTORS
R6007, R6012, R6021, R6028, R6032 R6040 Other Resistors RAB4C221J RAB4C221J RS1/16S###J
CAPACITORS
C6461 (0.1uF/100V) ACG1098
OTHERS
CN6001 (15P CONNECTOR) K6001, K6012, K6018, K6025, K6031 (TEST PIN) K6038, K6044 (TEST PIN) AKP1218 AKX9002 AKX9002
OTHERS
CLAMP B ASSY
SEMICONDUCTORS
D6471 D1FL20U(S)
C
X CONNECTOR (A) ASSY

RESISTORS
All Resistors RS1/16S###J
CAPACITORS
C6471 (0.1uF/100V) ACG1098
X CONNECTOR (B) ASSY

RESISTORS
All Resistors RS1/16S###J
OTHERS
CLAMP C ASSY BRIDGE A ASSY

SEMICONDUCTORS
D6421 D1FL20U(S)
SEMICONDUCTORS
D6481 D1FL20U(S)
D
CAPACITORS
C6481 (0.1uF/100V) ACG1098
CAPACITORS
C6421 (0.1uF/100V) ACG1098
OTHERS
OTHERS
CLAMP D ASSY BRIDGE B ASSY

SEMICONDUCTORS
D6431 D1FL20U(S)
SEMICONDUCTORS
D6491 D1FL20U(S)
CAPACITORS
C6491 (0.1uF/100V) ACG1098
E
CAPACITORS
C6431 (0.1uF/100V) ACG1098
OTHERS
OTHERS
ADR CONECT A ASSY BRIDGE C ASSY

SEMICONDUCTORS
D6441 D1FL20U(S)
SEMICONDUCTORS
IC6501 Q6502 Q6503 D6501 TC74VHC541FT 2SC2712 2SK209 DA227
F
CAPACITORS
C6441 (0.1uF/100V) ACG1098
COILS AND FILTERS

L6501, L6502 ATH1081
OTHERS
CN6441 (4P PH CONNECTOR)
5
B4B-PH-SM3
PDP-503CMX
6 7 8
53
Mark No. CAPACITORS

A
Description
Part No.
ACG1105 ACH1341 CCSRCH121J50 CKSRYF104Z16 CKSRYF104Z16
Mark No.
Other Resistors
Description
Part No.
RS1/16S###J
C6511-C6520 (330pF/100V) C6531, C6533, C6534 (47uF/6.3V) C6536-C6538 C6506-C6510, C6521-C6525, C6532 C6535
OTHERS
CN6801 (55P CONNECTOR) AKM1202
RESISTORS
R6518-R6522, R6524, R6526, R6528 R6530, R6531, R6533-R6537, R6539 R6541, R6543, R6545, R6547 R6516 Other Resistors
B
ADR CONNECT D ASSY

RAB4C100J RAB4C100J RAB4C100J RAB4C473J RS1/16S###J
SEMICONDUCTORS
OTHERS
COILS AND FILTERS

L6901, L6902 ATH1081
CAPACITORS
ADR CONECT B ASSY

SEMICONDUCTORS
C6911-C6920 (330p/100V) C6931, C6933, C6934 (47/6.3V) C6936-C6938 C6906-C6910, C6921-C6925, C6932 C6935
ACG1105 ACH1341 CCSRCH121J50 CKSRYF104Z16 CKSRYF104Z16
RESISTORS
R6918-R6922, R6924, R6926, R6928 R6930, R6931, R6933-R6937, R6939 R6941, R6943, R6945, R6947 R6916 Other Resistors RAB4C100J RAB4C100J RAB4C100J RAB4C473J RS1/16S###J
COILS AND FILTERS

L6601, L6602
C
ATH1081
CAPACITORS
C6611-C6620 (330pF/100V) C6631, C6633, C6634 (47uF/6.3V) C6636-C6638 C6606-C6610, C6621-C6625, C6632 C6635 ACG1105 ACH1341 CCSRCH121J50 CKSRYF104Z16 CKSRYF104Z16
OTHERS
RESISTORS
R6618-R6622, R6624, R6626, R6628 R6630, R6631, R6633-R6637, R6639 R6641, R6643, R6645, R6647 R6616 Other Resistors RAB4C100J RAB4C100J RAB4C100J RAB4C473J RS1/16S###J
ADR RESONANCE ASSY

SEMICONDUCTORS
> IC6704 (1A/50V)
IC6701-IC6703 Q6704, Q6705, Q6712 Q6701-Q6703 Q6710, Q6711 Q6706-Q6709 D6701, D6703, D6704, D6706 D6709, D6710, D6717, D6718 D6711-D6714 D6702, D6705, D6716 ICP-S1.0 TND301S 2SB1132 2SD1664 2SK3483-Z FX20ASJ-2 1SS355 D1FL20U(S) SPX-62S UDZ15B
OTHERS
ADR CONNECT C ASSY

SEMICONDUCTORS
COILS AND FILTERS

L6704 ATH1111
CAPACITORS
C6716 (2.0uF/250V) C6720, C6721 (0.01uF/100V) C6722 (0.0068F/100V) C6703-C6708 (56uF/80V) C6709 C6701, C6702 C6710, C6711, C6713 ACE1162 ACG1101 ACG1102 ACH1347 CEHV101M16 CEHV470M16 CKSRYF104Z16
COILS AND FILTERS

L6801, L6802 ATH1081
CAPACITORS
C6811-C6820 (330pF/100V) C6831, C6833, C6834 (47uF/6.3V) C6836-C6838 C6806-C6810, C6821-C6825, C6832 C6835 ACG1105 ACH1341 CCSRCH121J50 CKSRYF104Z16 CKSRYF104Z16
RESISTORS
Other Resistors RS1/16S###J
RESISTORS
F
R6818-R6822, R6824, R6826, R6828 R6830, R6831, R6833-R6837, R6839 R6841, R6843, R6845, R6847 R6816
RAB4C100J RAB4C100J RAB4C100J RAB4C473J
OTHERS
CN6701 (23P CONNECTOR) CN6702 (4P CONNECTOR) CN6703 (5P CONNECTOR) AKP1221 B4B-PH-SM3 B5B-PH-SM3
54
1 2
PDP-503CMX
3 4
Mark No.
[I/O BLOCK]
Description
Part No.
Mark No.
Description
Part No.
CKSQYB105K10 CKSQYB105K10 CKSRYB103K50 CKSRYB103K50 CKSRYB222K50 CKSRYB471K50 CKSRYB472K50 CKSRYF104Z16 CKSRYF104Z16 CKSRYF104Z16
A
I/O ASSY
SEMICONDUCTORS
IC4003 IC4002 IC4004 IC4005, IC4006 IC4001 PQ05DZ11 PQ09DZ11 PQ12DZ11 PQ3DZ13 TA79L05F
C4114, C4118, C4127, C4165 C4170, C4171 C4129, C4130, C4133,C4134, C4142 C4149, C4151, C4152, C4177-C4179 C4108, C4116 C4146 C4125, C4126 C4107, C4119, C4121-C4123, C4128 C4147, C4158-C4160, C4162-C4164 C4168, C4180-C4182
CAPACITORS
C4027 C4012, C4020, C4024 C4008 C4001, C4004, C4005, C4009, C4013 C4016, C4017 C4002, C4003, C4006, C4007 C4010, C4011, C4014, C4015 C4018, C4019, C4022, C4023 C4026 CEHAT100M50 CEHAT101M10 CEHAT101M16 CEHAT470M16 CEHAT470M16 CKSRYF104Z16 CKSRYF104Z16 CKSRYF104Z16 CKSRYF105Z10
RESISTORS
R4188-R4190 R4271-R4273 R4185, R4186, R4213, R4214 R4165, R4166, R4180, R4210-R4212 R4262, R4263 Other Resistors RS1/16S1001F RS1/16S1101F RS1/16S2201F RS1/16S75R0F RS1/2S750J RS1/16S###J
B
RESISTORS
R4001, R4003, R4004, R4007 R4002 RS1MMF1R0J RS1MMF8R2J
OTHERS
CN4101, CN4102 (MINI JACK) CN4103, CN4104 (D-SUB SOCKET) CN4105 (BNC SOCKET) AKN1069 AKP1214 AKX1055
OTHERS
CN4002 KM200NA15
MX AUDIO ASSY
[MX AUDIO BLOCK] [RGB I/O BLOCK]
SEMICONDUCTORS
24LCS21A BA7657F LT1399CS TA7630P TC4052BF TC74VHCT541AFT UPC4570G2 2SC2412K DTA143EK DTC143EK HN1B04FU HN1C01FU UMY1N 1SS184 D4114-D41161SS226 D41201SS226 1SS352 RD6.8MB UDZS5.6B UDZS5.6B IC8601 Q8602 Q8603, Q8605, Q8607 Q8606 Q8601 Q8604 BA5417 2SA1037K 2SC2412K DTC143EK HN1B04FU RN1901
SEMICONDUCTORS
IC4110 IC4108 IC4107, IC4111 IC4104 IC4103, IC4105 IC4109 IC4101, IC4102 Q4114 Q4102 Q4103, Q4117 Q4104-Q4106, Q4108, Q4111, Q4112 Q4101, Q4113 Q4115, Q4116 D4111 D4105-D4107, D4119, D4121 D4110 D4108,D4109, D4112,D4113 D4122, D4123
COILS AND FILTERS

L8602, L8603 L8601 ATH-059 ATH9003
D
CAPACITORS
C8602, C8617 C8606, C8607 C8610 C8605, C8613, C8614 C8609, C8615, C8622 C8611, C8618 C8612, C8619 C8616, C8621 C8625 C8623, C8624 C8601, C8608 CEAT101M16 CEAT101M25 CEAT221M16 CEAT470M35 CEAT471M25 CEAT4R7M50 CKSQYF105Z16 CKSRYB103K50 CKSRYB222K50 CKSRYB473K50 CKSRYF103Z50
SWITCHE
S4101 ASH1029
RESISTORS
R8633, R8634 R8625, R8632 R8624, R8631 Other Resistors RD1/2MMF100J RD1/2MMF152J RD1/4MUF100J RS1/16S###J
CAPACITORS
C4144, C4145, C4155, C4156 C4109, C4117 C4166 C4137, C4161, C4169 C4120, C4124, C4135, C4136 C4139, C4140, C4143, C4150 C4153, C4154, C4157, C4174-C4176 C4167 C4101, C4104, C4106, C4110, C4111
5
CCSRCH220J50 CCSRCH221J50 CEHAT100M50 CEHAT101M10 CEHAT470M16 CEHAT470M16 CEHAT470M16 CEHAT4R7M50 CKSQYB105K10

6
OTHERS
8551 (REMOTE RECEIVER) 8602 (SCREW) GP1UM26RK PMZ30P080FMC
F
PDP-503CMX
7 8
55
Mark No.
Description
Part No.
Mark No.
R4494 R4482 R4455 R4489 Other Resistors
Description
Part No.
RS1/16S3901F RS1/16S4701F RS1/16S4702F RS1/16S5601F RS1/16S###J
[FAN DRIVE BLOCK]

A
SEMICONDUCTORS
IC8703 IC8702 IC8701 Q8702 Q8701 74VHCT00AMTC M5223AFP PQ20WZ11 2SC2712 HN1A01FU
[AD/PLL/AMP BLOCK]
CAPACITORS
C8703 C8704, C8707, C8711 C8708, C8709, C8712 C8706, C8710 C8705 CEAT100M50 CEAT101M16 CEAT470M35 CKSRYF104Z16 CKSRYF105Z10
SEMICONDUCTORS
IC4603 IC4605 IC4604 IC4601 IC4602 Q4601, Q4602 Q4608 Q4607 Q4604-Q4606 Q4603 D4601-D4605 CXA3516AR NJM072BM-E TC74HC4066AF TC74LCX125FT TC7WH04FU 2SC2412K 2SK208 DTC124EK HN1B04FU HN1C01FU 1SS355
RESISTORS
R8715-R8717, R8720 R8703 R8707 R8712 R8710 Other Resistors RS1/16S1001F RS1/16S3001F RS1/16S5101F RS1/16S8200F RS3LMF2R7J RS1/16S###J
CAPACITORS
C4623 C4615, C4680 C4626, C4669 C4620 C4604, C4607, C4614, C4638 C4651, C4652, C4656, C4668 C4622 C4662 C4608, C4619, C4627, C4628 C4634, C4635, C4639, C4640 CCSRCH101J50 CCSRCH220J50 CCSRCH221J50 CCSRCH331J50 CEHAT101M10 CEHAT101M10 CFTLA105J50 CKSRYB102K50 CKSRYB104K16 CKSRYB104K16 CKSRYB105K6R3 CKSRYB184K10 CKSRYF104Z16 CKSRYF104Z16 CKSRYF104Z16 CKSRYF104Z16 CKSRYF104Z16 CKSRYF104Z16
OTHERS
C
CN8704,CN8705 (3P CONNECTOR) CN8703 (PH CONNECTOR)
CN8705B3B-ZR-3.4 B6B-PH-SM3
RGB ASSY
[MATRIX BLOCK]
SEMICONDUCTORS
IC4402 IC4403 IC4404 Q4407-Q4409 Q4413 Q4412 Q4404 Q4410 D4401 CXA2101AQ ML6426CS-1 NJM072BM-E 2SA1037K 2SC2412K HN1A01FU HN1B04FU HN1C01FU 1SS226
C4610, C4647 C4675 C4601, C4605, C4606, C4609 C4611-C4613, C4616-C4618 C4624, C4625, C4629-C4633 C4636, C4637, C4641-C4646 C4648-C4650, C4653-C4655 C4657-C4661, C4663, C4677-C4679
CAPACITORS
C4406, C4412, C4458 C4405 C4456 C4437, C4451-C4453 C4407, C4409, C4410, C4428, C4429
E
RESISTORS
CEHAT100M50 CEHAT101M16 CEHAT470M16 CKSQYB105K10 CKSQYB474K16 CKSQYB474K16 CKSQYB474K16 CKSRYB104K16 CKSRYB222K50 CKSRYF104Z16 CKSRYF104Z16 CKSRYF104Z16 CKSRYF104Z16 R4612, R4623, R4625, R4629, R4632 R4636, R4639, R4641, R4643, R4647 R4653, R4657 R4635 R4630 R4676, R4715 R4626 R4631 VR4701 (4.7k) Other Resistors RAB4C101J RAB4C101J RAB4C101J RN1/16SE3001D RS1/16S2201F RS1/16S2204F RS1/16S2701F RS1/16S3301F ACP1091 RS1/16S###J
C4431, C4432, C4434-C4436, C4445 C4448 C4421-C4423, C4426 C4408 C4411, C4414-C4418, C4420, C4424 C4427, C4430, C4433, C4438-C4444 C4446, C4447, C4449, C4450, C4455 C4457
[SYNC CONTROL BLOCK]
SEMICONDUCTORS
IC4802 IC4801 IC4803 Q4806 Q4808, Q4809 Q4803 Q4807 M52346SP NJM2234M PDY077E 2SC2412K DTC124EK HN1A01FU HN1B04FU
3 4
RESISTORS
F
R4422, R4425, R4426 R4483 R4476 R4448 R4437
RAB4C103J RS1/16S1003F RS1/16S1004F RS1/16S2202F RS1/16S2204F
56
1 2
PDP-503CMX
Mark No.
Q4802 D4807, D4808 D4801, D4802
Description
Part No.
HN1C01FU 1SS184 1SS226
Mark No.
Description
Part No.
[DIGITAL SELECT BLOCK]
SEMICONDUCTORS
IC5201-IC5207 TC74LCX541FT
A
COILS AND FILTERS

F4801, F4802 ATF1194
CAPACITORS
C5201-C5207 CKSRYF104Z16
CAPACITORS
C4863, C4864 C4801, C4805 C4821, C4833 C4804 C4807, C4810, C4823 C4812, C4844 C4803, C4806, C4815 C4817, C4822 C4816 C4829 C4802, C4808, C4811, C4813, C4814 C4819, C4820, C4830, C4831, C4836 C4839, C4842, C4843, C4850, C4861 C4860 CCSRCH151J50 CCSRCH220J50 CCSRCH221J50 CCSRCH470J50 CEHAT100M50 CEHAT101M10 CEHAT470M16 CEHAT4R7M50 CKSQYB105K10 CKSRYB472K50 CKSRYF104Z16 CKSRYF104Z16 CKSRYF104Z16 CKSRYF105Z10
RESISTORS
R5213 R5201-R5212, R5215, R5217 Other Resistors RAB4C103J RAB4C470J RS1/16S###J
OTHERS
J5203 (10P HOUSING WIRE) J5204 (11P HOUSING WIRE) CN5201 (12P PLUG) ADX2706 ADX2781 AKM1203
B
[IC 30 BLOCK]
SEMICONDUCTORS
IC5302, IC5303 IC5301 MS82V16520-8GA PD6357B
CAPACITORS RESISTORS
R4814, R4818, R4835, R4915 R4913 R4809 R4825 R4808, R4943 R4864 R4865 R4868 Other Resistors RAB4C101J RAB4C102J RAB4C152J RAB4C471J RAB4C472J RS1/16S1802F RS1/16S2702F RS1/16S4702F RS1/16S###J C5301, C5308 C5302-C5307, C5309-C5322, C5324 CEHAT101M10 CKSRYF104Z16
C
RESISTORS
OTHERS
K5314-K5317 (TEST PIN) X5301 (100.00MHz) AKX9002 ASS1161
OTHERS
K4801,K4802,K4805,K4806 (TEST PIN) AKX9002 K4809,K4810 (TEST PIN) AKX9002 CN4801 (8P PLUG) CKS3130
[MAIN UCOM BLOCK]
SEMICONDUCTORS
IC5502 IC5504, IC5509 IC5512 IC5511 IC5510 IC5503 IC5501 IC5506, IC5507 Q5501 Q5502, Q5503 Q5504 24LC64(I)SN 74VHCT00AMTC LM50CIM3 M5223AFP PST9246N TC74VHC541FT TC74VHCT541AFT TC7W126FU 2SJ461 DTA143EK HN1A01FU
D
[IP BLOCK]
SEMICONDUCTORS
IC5101, IC5103 IC5102 IC5001 MS82V16520-8GA PE5066A PE5067A
CAPACITORS
C5017, C5121 C5006 C5015, C5016 C5001-C5005, C5007-C5013 C5101-C5120 CCSRCH220J50 CEHAT101M10 CEHAT221M6R3 CKSRYF104Z16 CKSRYF104Z16
CAPACITORS
C5512, C5513, C5521, C5534 C5526, C5527 C5545 C5528, C5533 C5507, C5508, C5511, C5518, C5522 C5529-C5531, C5536, C5537 C5535, C5538, C5539 C5524 C5525 C5502-C5505, C5509, C5514-C5517 CCSRCH220J50 CCSRCH7R0D50 CEHAT100M50 CEHAT470M16 CKSRYB102K50 CKSRYB102K50 CKSRYB221K50 CKSRYB472K50 CKSRYF103Z50 CKSRYF104Z16
E
RESISTORS
OTHERS
5002 5001 ANH1574 ANH1576
C5519, C5520, C5523, C5532 C5542-C5544
CKSRYF104Z16 CKSRYF105Z10
PDP-503CMX
5 6 7 8
57
Mark No. RESISTORS

A
Description
Part No.
RAB4C101J RAB4C103J RAB4C473J RS1/16S1001F RS1/16S1800F RS1/16S3001F RS1/16S5101F RS1/16S###J
Mark No.
Description
Part No.
CONTROL ASSY
SEMICONDUCTORS
IC8001 IC8002 Q8002 Q8001 Q8003 D8009, D8010 D8001-D8008 DS14C232CM TC74HC00AF 2SC2712 HN1A01FU RN1901 1SS355 UDZ15B
R5503, R5509, R5510 R5535 R5504, R5526 R5569 R5571 R5566 R5563 Other Resistors
OTHERS
CN5506 (30P PLUG) K5501, K5502, K5508-K5510, K5512 (TEST PIN) K5515, K5516, K5518A (TEST PIN) X5501 (16MHz) CN5501, CN5502 (8P PLUG) AKM1204 AKX9002 KX9002 ASS1159 CKS3130
COILS AND FILTERS

L8001 LCTA221J3225
CAPACITORS
C8001, C8002, C8005, C8006 C8003, C8010 C8004, C8007, C8008 C8009 CEAT1R0M50 CEAT470M16 CKSRYB103K50 CKSRYB472K50
[WIDE UCOM BLOCK]
SEMICONDUCTORS
IC5601
IC5602
RESISTORS
HD64F2328VF
MBM29LV400TC-90PFTN
R8006 Other Resistors
RAB4C102J RS1/16S###J
IC5604 IC5603 IC5605

C
NC7SZ08P5 PST9228N TC7SH32FU TC7WH74FU
OTHERS
CN8001, CN8002 (MINI JACK9 AKN1070 CN8003 (9P D-SUB SOCKET) AKP1213 CN8004,CN8005(6P MINI DIN SOCKET)AKP1215 CN8007 (PH CONNECTOR) B6B-PH-SM3
IC5607, IC5608
CAPACITORS
C5601 C5615, C5616 C5611 C5612 C5604, C5606, C5608, C5610, C5613 C5617-C5619 CCSRCH102J50 CCSRCH7R0D50 CKSRYB472K50 CKSRYF103Z50 CKSRYF104Z16 CKSRYF104Z16
SIDE KEY ASSY

SWITCHES
S8251-S8261 ASG1088
OTHERS
CN8251 (8P FFC CONNECTOR) AKM1207
RESISTORS
D
R5603, R5604 Other Resistors
RAB4C103J RS1/16S###J
MX LED ASSY
SEMICONDUCTORS
D8501 AEL1170
OTHERS
X5601 (25MHz) ASS1160
OTHERS
CN8501 (PH CONNECTOR) S3B-PH-SM3
[DIGITAL I/F BLOCK]
SEMICONDUCTORS
IC5701 IC5702 D5701
E
TC7WH123FU TC7WH74FU 1SS352
IR ASSY
SEMICONDUCTORS
Q8551 D8552 D8551 2SC2712 1SS226 1SS355
CAPACITORS
C5703 C5701, C5702 CCSRCH471J50 CKSRYF104Z16
CAPACITORS
C8551 C8553 C8552 C8554 CEV470M6R3 CKSQYB472K50 CKSRYB103K50 CKSRYF104Z16
RESISTORS
R5701-R5707, R5709, R5721 R5730 Other Resistors RAB4C101J RS1/16S1003F RS1/16S###J
RESISTORS
OTHERS
CN5701, CN5702 (50P CONNECTOR) AKM1201
F
KEY CONNECTOR ASSY

SEMICONDUCTORS
IC8301 Q8301 PD5719A 2SC2712
3 4
58
1 2
PDP-503CMX
Mark No.
D8304-D8310 D8301, D8303 D8302
Description
Part No.
1SS226 1SS355 RD3.0MB
Mark No. OTHERS
Description
Part No.
AKE1059 B3B-PH-SM3
CN8176 2P SPEAKER TERMINAL CN8177 PH CONNECTOR
CAPACITORS
C8303 C8304 C8301, C8302, C8305 CEAT2R2M50 CKSRYB103K50 CKSRYB472K50
X DRIVE ASSY
[X LOGIC BLOCK]
RESISTORS
R8315 Other Resistors RAB4C182J RS1/16S###J
SEMICONDUCTORS
IC3003 IC3004 IC3001, IC3008 PE1012A TC74ACT540FT TC74ACT541FT
OTHERS
CN8302 8P FFC CONNECTOR X8301 3.84MHz CN8301 PH CONNECTOR AKM1207 ASS1162 B4B-PH-SM3
COILS AND FILTERS

L3001 LFEA100J
B
CAPACITORS
C3005 C3001, C3003, C3004, C3006 CEHAT470M16 CKSRYF104Z50
SP OUT L ASSY
SEMICONDUCTORS
IC8151 IC8152 Q8151 LM50CIM3 M5223AFP HN1A01FU
RESISTORS
R3009-R3012 R3001, R3003, R3026, R3029 R3002, R3005, R3030, R3033 Other Resistors RAB4C0R0J RAB4C470J RAB4C472J RS1/16S###J
C
COILS AND FILTERS

L8151, L8152 ATH1073
OTHERS
K3001, K3003, K3004, K3008, K3010 TEST PIN K3012-K3015, K3017, K3018 TEST PIN CN3001 30P CONNECTOR AKX9002 AKX9002 KF050HA30L
CAPACITORS
C8163, C8164 C8154 C8162 C8159 C8151, C8153 C8155 C8157, C8161 C8158, C8160 C8152 CCSRCH101J50 CCSRSL221J50 CEAT470M16 CKSRYB103K50 CKSRYB332K50 CKSRYB472K50 CKSRYF104Z16 CKSRYF105Z10 CKSRYF473Z50
[X SUS BLOCK]
SEMICONDUCTORS
IC3102 IC3200, IC3201 IC3101 IC3103, C3104,IC3106,IC3107,IC3110 IC3113 IC3109 Q3116, Q3119, Q3120 Q3101 Q3103-Q3107, Q3109-Q3115 Q3124-Q3127 Q3122, Q3128 Q3102 D3119 D3108, D3124, D3125, D3133 D3126, D3131, D3200, D3203, D3205 D3208, D3212-D3215 D3101, D3102, D3117, D3202, D3207 D3210, D3211 D3216, D3217 D3120, D3127-D3129, D3135, D3136 HCPL-M611 STK795-470 TC74ACT541FT TND301S TND301S UPC78L05T 2SJ522 2SK2503 FS16VS-9 FS16VS-9 FS7VS-14A HN1B04FU 1SS184 1SS355 D1FL40 D1FL40 EC11FS4 EC11FS4 RB751V-40 UDZ15B
RESISTORS
R8153, R8154 R8164 R8160 R8165 R8159 Other Resistors RD1/2MMF100J RS1/16S1001F RS1/16S1800F RS1/16S3001F RS1/16S5101F RS1/16S###J
OTHERS
CN8151 2P SPEAKER TERMINAL CN8152 PH CONNECTOR AKE1059 B6B-PH-SM3
SP OUT R ASSY
COILS AND FILTERS
L8176, L8177 ATH1073
CAPACITORS
C8182, C8183 C8179 C8176, C8178 C8180 C8177 CCSRCH101J50 CCSRSL221J50 CKSRYB332K50 CKSRYB472K50 CKSRYF473Z50
COILS AND FILTERS

L3206, L3207 L3201, L3204 L3202, L3205, L3210, L3211 L3101 L3107, L3108 ATH1112 ATH1117 ATH1118 LFEA100J LFEA101J
RESISTORS
R8178, R8179 Other Resistors RD1/2MMF100J RS1/16S###J
CAPACITORS
C3205, C3206, C3212, C3213 (1.5uF) ACE1160
PDP-503CMX
5 6 7 8
59
Mark No.
Description
Part No.
ACE1160 ACG1092 ACG1104 ACH1352 ACH1353 CEHAT101M16 CEHAT101M25 CEHAT221M25 CEHAT470M16 CEHAT470M25 CKSRYB473K25 CKSRYF104Z50 CKSRYF104Z50
Mark No. RESISTORS
Description
Part No.
C3225, C3226 (1.5uF) C3139, C3143 (0.1uF/630V) C3223, C3224 C3200-C3202, C3207-C3209 C3132 C3112 C3102, C3107, C3115, C3204, C3211 C3101 C3104, C3106 C3135 C3137, C3138 C3103, C3105, C3108, C3109, C3111 C3113, C3114, C3117, C3130, C3140
R3732 R3806 R3701-R3704, R3706-R3717 R3805 R3731 R3802 R3738, R3739 R3800, R3801 VR3701 (1k) Other Resistors
RS1/16S1001F RS1/16S1802F RS1/16S1803F RS1/16S2702F RS1/16S3900F RS1/16S5601F RS1/2S102J RS1/2S823J ACP1089 RS1/16S###J
RESISTORS
R3183, R3184, R3187 (15) R3113, R3114, R3121, R3122, R3126 R3132, R3140, R3141 R3212, R3217, R3230, R3234, R3237 R3240, R3242, R3245 R3211, R3213, R3214, R3218 R3134, R3163 R3103 R3109 R3102
C
ACN1156 RAB4C100J RAB4C100J RS1/10S184J RS1/10S184J RS1/16S2000F RS1/2S100J RS1/2S102J RS1/2S2R2J RS1/2S561J RS1MMF101J RS1MMF102J RS3LMF121J ACP1089 RS1/16S###J
Y DRIVE ASSY
[Y DRIVE LOGIC BLOCK]
SEMICONDUCTORS
IC2006 IC2007 IC2001, IC2003-IC2005 IC2101 Q2101, Q2102 D2101 PE1013B TC74ACT540FT TC74ACT541FT TLP181(GR) HN1C01FU 1SS355
COILS AND FILTERS

L2001 LFEA100J
R3215, R3216 R3228, R3229 R3178, R3179 VR3200, VR3204 Other Resistors
CAPACITORS
C2101 C2103 C2003 C2001, C2004, C2005, C2007, C2008 C2010, C2102, C2104, C2122 CEHAT100M50 CEHAT1R0M50 CEHAT470M16 CKSRYF104Z50 CKSRYF104Z50
OTHERS
K3203, K3213 TEST PIN KN3105-KN3114 GROUND PLATE CN3101 13P PLUG AKX9002 ANK-142 KM250MA13
RESISTORS
R2015-R2018 R2001, R2002, R2005, R2011 R2037, R2038 R2035, R2036, R2039, R2040 Other Resistors RAB4C0R0J RAB4C470J RAB4C470J RAB4C472J RS1/16S###J
[X DD CON BLOCK]
SEMICONDUCTORS
IC3712 IC3701 IC3702-IC3704 Q3701 Q3800 D3710, D3711 D3705, D3706 D3702 D3708, D3709, D3713 D3703 D3707 AN1431M MIP161 TLP181(GR) 2SC2712 HN1A01FU 1SS355 D1FL20U(S) EC8FS6 RD110P UDZ18B UDZS5.6B
OTHERS
CN2001 50P CONNECTOR 2101 SENSOR 2001 SCREW 2002 NUT AKM1201 AXX1057 BMZ20P040FMC NB20FMC
[Y DRIVE SUS BLOCK]
SEMICONDUCTORS
IC2202, IC2208 IC2206, IC2214 IC2201 IC2203,IC2204,IC2210,IC2212,IC2213 IC2216, IC2217 IC2205, IC2209 Q2203 Q2204, Q2205 Q2201 Q2215-Q2221, Q2226-Q2228 Q2232, Q2233 Q2210, Q2211 Q2209 D2225 D2202, D2204 HCPL-M611 STK795-470 TC74ACT541FT TND301S TND301S UPC78L05T 2SJ281 2SJ522 2SK2503 FQB34N20 FQB34N20 FS16VS-9 HN1B04FU 1SS184 1SS226
4
COILS AND FILTERS

L3701 T3701 ATH1110 ATK1153
CAPACITORS
C3701 C3717 C3704 C3706, C3711, C3714 C3712 C3705 C3703, C3707, C3708, C3710 C3715, C3716 ACH1345 ACH1346 CEHAT101M16 CEHAT101M25 CEHAT331M16 CKSQYF104Z50 CKSRYB104K16 CKSRYB104K16
60
1 2
PDP-503CMX
3
Mark No.
Description
Part No.
1SS355 D1FL20U(S) D1FL40 D1FL40 DF20L60 EC11FS4 EC11FS4 RB751V-40 UDZ15B
Mark No.
Description
Part No.
D2211 D2201 D2203, D2205, D2214, D2216, D2223 D2226, D2227, D2243 D2209 D2208, D2210, D2212, D2215 D2221, D2222, D2228, D2239 D2224, D2229 D2206, D2207
COILS AND FILTERS

L2501-L2503 LFEA100J
A
CAPACITORS
C2506, C2527 C2502 C2524, C2525 C2501, C2503, C2505, C2507, C2508 C2513, C2517 CEHAT220M2D CEHAT221M16 CEHAT470M16 CKSRYF104Z50 CKSRYF104Z50
COILS AND FILTERS

L2207 L2213, L2214 L2206, L2211 L2208, L2212, L2215, L2216 L2210 L2203, L2205 L2201 ATH1110 ATH1112 ATH1117 ATH1118 LFEA100J LFEA101J LFEA470J
RESISTORS
R2502, R2504 Other Resistors RAB4C101J RS1/16S###J
B
OTHERS
CN2501, CN2502 15P CONNECTOR AKM1200
[Y DRIVE DD-CON BLOCK]
SEMICONDUCTORS
IC2715-IC2717 IC2709 IC2708, IC2710, IC2718 IC2711 IC2701 IC2704 IC2702, IC2703, IC2705-IC2707 IC2712-IC2714 Q2701, Q2703 Q2704 D2712, D2717, D2718, D2732, D2734 D2736, D2737 D2704, D2706, D2707, D2715, D2726 D2728 D2711 D2702, D2714, D2727 D2725 D2733 D2724 D2713 D2740 D2709, D2716 D2729, D2731 D2703, D2710 D2720, D2730, D2739 AN1431M HCNR201 M5223AFP MIP0223SC MIP161 MIP301 TLP181(GR) TLP181(GR) 2SC2712 HN1A01FU 1SS355 1SS355 D1FL20U(S) D1FL20U(S) D1FS4 EC11FS4 EC8FS6 RD91P U1ZB330 U1ZB36 UDZ12B UDZ3.6B UDZ33B UDZ36B UDZS5.6B
C
CAPACITORS
C2228, C2230, C2231, C2250-C2252 (1.5uF)ACE1160 C2209, C2210 (0.1uF/630V) ACG1092 C2233, C2248 ACG1104 C2211 (47uF/350V) ACH1346 C2216, C2217, C2219, C2234-C2236 ACH1352 C2232 C2221, C2225 C2204, C2227, C2237, C2240, C2247 C2202 C2218, C2224, C2229 C2212, C2214 C2201, C2203, C2205, C2208, C2213 C2220, C2222, C2223, C2238, C2239 C2241, C2242 ACH1354 CEHAT101M16 CEHAT101M25 CEHAT221M25 CEHAT470M16 CEHAT470M25 CKSRYF104Z50 CKSRYF104Z50 CKSRYF104Z50
RESISTORS
R2235, R2273, R2291, R2305, R2315 R2317, R2342 R2253, R2256, R2270, R2283, R2332 R2338, R2354, R2355 R2359-R2362 R2263, R2264 R2203 R2209 R2202 R2278, R2303 R2233, R2234 R2274, R2275 R2298, R2299 R2276, R2281 VR2201, VR2205 (1k) Other Resistors RAB4C100J RAB4C100J RS1/10S184J RS1/10S184J RS1/16S2000F RS1/2S100J RS1/2S102J RS1/2S2R2J RS1/2S561J RS1MMF101J RS1MMF102J RS1MMF221J RS2MMF4R7J RS3LMFR82J ACP1089 RS1/16S###J
COILS AND FILTERS

L2701 T2702 T2703 T2701 ATH1110 ATK1150 ATK1151 ATK1152
E
CAPACITORS
C2701, C2735 (22uF/315V) C2706, C2725, C2737 C2709, C2718, C2720, C2739, C2745 C2708 C2740 C2704 C2715 C2746 C2723, C2751 C2712 ACH1345 CEHAT101M16 CEHAT101M25 CEHAT101M2A CEHAT101M2C CEHAT221M25 CEHAT331M16 CEHAT331M25 CEHAT470M16 CEHAT471M35
OTHERS
K2206, K2218 TEST PIN KN2201-KN2210 GROUND PLATE CN2201 15P PLUG AKX9002 ANK-142 KM250MA15
[Y DRIVE SCAN BLOCK]
SEMICONDUCTORS
IC2501,IC2502,IC2505, IC2510,IC2514 HCPL-M611 IC2504, IC2506 TC74ACT540FT
5 6
PDP-503CMX
7 8
61
Mark No.
Description
Part No.
CKSRYB103K50 CKSRYB104K16 CKSRYB104K16 CKSRYB104K16 CKSRYB104K16 CKSRYB471K50 CKSRYF104Z50
Mark No.
C8822 C8804 C8808 C8807
Description
Part No.
CEHV100M16 CEHV100M35 CEHV470M16 CEVNP2R2M35 CKSRYF104Z16 CKSRYF104Z16
C2711 C2702, C2705, C2713, C2714, C2719 C2721, C2722, C2724, C2727, C2729 C2731, C2733, C2736, C2742, C2743 C2747-C2749 C2728, C2730 C2707, C2738
C8802, C8805, C8809-C8817 C8820, C8821
RESISTORS RESISTORS
R2735, R2791 R2780 R2715, R2728, R2733 R2787 R2766
B
RS1/16S1000F RS1/16S1103F RS1/16S1201F RS1/16S1302F RS1/16S1501F RS1/16S1503F RS1/16S1802F RS1/16S2702F RS1/16S3002F RS1/16S3002F
R8806, R8807, R8837, R8838, R8841 R8858 R8864 R8828, R8829, R8846 R8826, R8827, R8839, R8840 R8833, R8859 R8832 R8801, R8802 R8803-R8805 Other Resistors
RS1/16S1002D RS1/16S1202D RS1/16S1802F RS1/16S2202D RS1/16S4701D RS1/16S4702F RS1/16S5602F RS1/2S1R5J RS1/2S2R2J RS1/16S###J
R2785 R2777, R2786 R2776 R2705, R2706, R2709, R2710, R2778 R2781
OTHERS
R2783 R2734, R2736 R2779 R2773 R2784
C
RS1/16S4701F RS1/16S4702F RS1/16S5102F RS1/16S5601F RS1/16S5602F RS1/16S6801F RS1/16S9102F RS1/2S102J RS1/2S561J RS1/2S823J RS3LMF272J ACP1089 ACP1090 RS1/16S###J
CN8803 (23P CONNECTOR) CN8801 (PH CONNECTOR) CN8802 (PH CONNECTOR)
AKM1205 S3B-PH-SM3 S8B-PH-SM3
SUB ADDRESS B ASSY

SEMICONDUCTORS
IC8901, IC8902, IC8904 IC8903 Q8902 Q8904, Q8905, Q8908 Q8906 D8901-D8903, D8909 D8906, D8907 D8908 D8904 M5223AFP TC74VHC74FT 2SA1163 2SC2712 2SK209 1SS355 DA227 UDZ27B UDZS5.1B
R2782 R2744-R2746, R2748-R2753 R2711, R2716, R2767, R2770 R2788, R2792 R2771, R2772 R2712 VR2702, VR2703 (1k) VR2701 (2.2k) Other Resistors
OTHERS
D
2001 SCREW
PMB30P060FNI
COILS AND FILTERS

L8901 L8902, L8903 ATH1074 ATH1081
SLOT CONNECTOR ASSY

OTHERS
CN8102 (SOCKET 120P) CN8101 (PCI SOCKET 120P) KN8101, KN8102 (GROUND PLATE) AKP1219 AKP1220 ANK1664
CAPACITORS
C8906 C8922 C8904 C8908 C8907 C8902, C8905, C8909-C8917 C8920, C8921 CCSRCH101J50 CEHV100M16 CEHV100M35 CEHV470M16 CEVNP2R2M35 CKSRYF104Z16 CKSRYF104Z16
SUB ADDRESS A ASSY

E
SEMICONDUCTORS
IC8801, IC8802, IC8804 IC8803 Q8802 Q8804, Q8805, Q8808 Q8806 D8801-D8803, D8809 D8806, D8807 D8808 D8804 M5223AFP TC74VHC74FT 2SA1163 2SC2712 2SK209 1SS355 DA227 UDZ27B UDZS5.1B
RESISTORS
R8906, R8907, R8937, R8938, R8941 R8958 R8964 R8928, R8929, R8946 R8926, R8927, R8939, R8940 R8933, R8959 R8932 R8901, R8902 R8903-R8905 Other Resistors RS1/16S1002D RS1/16S1202D RS1/16S1802F RS1/16S2202D RS1/16S4701D RS1/16S4702F RS1/16S5602F RS1/2S1R5J RS1/2S2R2J RS1/16S###J
COILS AND FILTERS

F
L8801 L8802, L8803
ATH1074 ATH1081
OTHERS CAPACITORS
C8806 CCSRCH101J50 CN8903 23P CONNECTOR CN8901 PH CONNECTOR AKM1205 S3B-PH-SM3
4
62
1 2
PDP-503CMX
3
Mark No.
Description
Part No.
S8B-PH-SM3
Mark No.
Description
Part No.
RAB4C472J RAB4C472J RS1/16S###J
CN8902 PH CONNECTOR
R1104, R1107, R1110, R1113, R1114 R1116, R1121, R1124, R1127, R1129 Other Resistors
THERMAL SENSOR ASSY

SEMICONDUCTORS
IC8351 IC8352 LM50CIM3 M5223AFP
OTHERS
K1101-K1104, K1107, K1108 TEST PIN AKX9002 X1101 25MHz ASS1160
CAPACITORS
C8356 C8354 C8351, C8355 C8352, C8353 CEV470M6R3 CKSRYB103K50 CKSRYF104Z16 CKSRYF105Z10
[MODULE UCOM BLOCK]
SEMICONDUCTORS
IC1204 IC1208 IC1202 IC1201 IC1205 IC1203 IC1206 D1201, D1202 24LC04B(I)SN PST9246N TC74VHC08FT TC74VHC21FT TC74VHC541FT TC74VHCT541AFT TC7W126FU 1SS355
RESISTORS
R8354, R8358 Other Resistors RS1/16S1001F RS1/16S###J
DIGITAL VIDEO ASSY

[INTERFACE BLOCK]
CAPACITORS
TC74VHC541FT C1213, C1243-C1245 C1235, C1236 C1225, C1232 C1201-C1203, C1206-C1211 C1214-C1216, C1218, C1219 C1223, C1224, C1226, C1227, C1229 C1237, C1238, C1241, C1242, C1247 C1234 C1233 C1204, C1205, C1212, C1217 C1221, C1222, C1228, C1230, C1231 C1239, C1240, C1246, C1248-C1250 CCSRCH470J50 CCSRCH7R0D50 CEV470M6R3 CKSRYB102K50 CKSRYB102K50 CKSRYB102K50 CKSRYB102K50 CKSRYB103K50 CKSRYB472K50 CKSRYF104Z16 CKSRYF104Z16 CKSRYF104Z16
SEMICONDUCTORS
IC1001-IC1008
COILS AND FILTERS

F1001-F1006 ATF1194
CAPACITORS
C1001-C1008 CKSRYF104Z16
RESISTORS
R1044 R1001-R1007, R1036, R1063-R1069 R1008-R1017, R1019, R1020, R1027 R1032, R1034, R1035, R1037, R1038 R1040-R1043, R1048, R1049 R1051-R1054 Other Resistors RAB4C101J RAB4C103J RAB4C470J RAB4C470J RAB4C470J RAB4C470J RS1/16S###J
RESISTORS
R1209, R1214, R1245 R1242 R1207 R1213, R1216 Other Resistors RAB4C101J RAB4C103J RAB4C123J RAB4C473J RS1/16S###J
D
OTHERS
CN1003, CN1004 50P CONNECTOR K1001 TEST PIN CN1001 PH CONNECTOR AKM1201 AKX9002 B12B-PH-SM3
OTHERS
X1201 CN1203 CN1201, CN1202 ASS1159 B3B-PH-SM3 CKS3130
[PANEL UCOM BLOCK]
SEMICONDUCTORS
IC1101 IC1103 IC1102 Q1101, Q1103 D1101 HD64F2328VF NC7SZ08P5 PST9228N DTC143EK AEL1171
[DIGITAL BLOCK]
SEMICONDUCTORS
IC1802 IC1704 IC1301, IC1401 IC1703 IC1501, IC1502, IC1601, IC1602 IC1702, IC1801 IC1803 IC1701 D1301-D1305 FS781BZB NC7SZ08P5 PD6358A PE5064A TC74VCX541FT TC74VHC541FT TC74VHC74FT TC74VHCT541AFT 1SS226
E
CAPACITORS
C1123, C1124 C1101 C1102, C1109, C1110, C1112-C1116 C1129-C1132 C1117, C1121 C1120 C1103-C1108, C1111, C1118, C1119 C1122, C1125-C1128 CCSRCH7R0D50 CEV101M4 CKSRYB102K50 CKSRYB102K50 CKSRYB103K50 CKSRYB472K50 CKSRYF104Z16 CKSRYF104Z16
COILS AND FILTERS

F1301-F1304, F1501-F1505 F1601-F1605 ATF1194 ATF1194
F
RESISTORS
5 6
CAPACITORS
C1807 CCSRCH271J50
7
PDP-503CMX
8
63
Mark No.
Description
Part No.
CEV100M16 CEV101M4 CEV101M4 CKSRYB102K50 CKSRYF104Z16 CKSRYF104Z16 CKSRYF104Z16 CKSRYF104Z16 CKSRYF104Z16
C1802 C1306, C1322, C1406, C1422, C1711 C1806 C1504-C1508, C1604-C1608, C1712 C1303-C1305, C1307-C1321 C1323-C1336, C1403-C1405 C1407-C1421, C1423-C1436, C1501 C1503, C1601, C1603, C1701-C1710 C1713, C1803-C1805
RESISTORS
R1502, R1517, R1606, R1622 R1307, R1310-R1315, R1317, R1318 R1321, R1322, R1326-R1344, R1407 R1410-R1415, R1417, R1418 R1421, R1422, R1426-R1444 R1501, R1514, R1607, R1627, R1701 R1703-R1709, R1712-R1717 R1551, R1552 Other Resistors RAB4C101J RAB4C220J RAB4C220J RAB4C220J RAB4C220J RAB4C470J RAB4C470J RS1/2S680J RS1/16S###J
OTHERS
CN1701 50P CONNECTOR CN1501, CN1502, CN1504, CN1505 (55P CONNECTOR) CN1601, CN1602, CN1604, CN1605 (55P CONNECTOR) K1301, K1302, K1308, K1311-K1314 (TEST PIN) K1316, K1321, K1324, K1326-K1331 (TEST PIN) K1333, K1501, K1502, K1601, K1602 (TEST PIN) K1728, K1729 (TEST PIN) X1801 (50.000MHz) CN1503, CN1603 (PH CONNECTOR) CN1301 (8P PLUG)
D
AKM1201 AKM1202 AKM1202 AKX9002 AKX9002
AKX9002 AKX9002 ASS1146 B8B-PH-SM3 CKS3130 KF050HA30L
CN1702 (30P CONNECTOR)
[D-D CONVERTER BLOCK]
SEMICONDUCTORS
Q1902, Q1905, Q1907 Q1903 Q1901, Q1904, Q1906 D1903-D1906, D1911, D1912 D1908 D1902, D1909 D1907 D1901 2SC2712 DTC143EK HN1C01FU 1SS355 HZU2.2B UDZ3.6B UDZS5.1B UDZS6.8B
CAPACITORS
C1904, C1906, C1912 C1901-C1903, C1905, C1907-C1911 CEV220M16 CKSRYF104Z16
RESISTORS
R1935, R1936 Other Resistors RS1/2S680J RS1/16S###J
OTHERS
F
K1901-K1906 (TEST PIN) 1901 (DC-DC CONVERTER) CN1901 (PH CONNECTOR)
AKX9002 AXY1060 B13B-PH-SM
64
1 2
PDP-503CMX
3 4
6. ADJUSTMENT
6.1 SERVICE FACTORY MODE
Commands in Service Factory mode must be issued using the remote control unit (AXD1459) supplied with the Plasma Display.
A
6.1.1 State Transition Diagram
Normal Operation Mode
At standby
(within 3 sec.) MENU key (AA8B) SET key (AA8A) STAND BY/ON key (AA1C) STANDBY/ON (AA1C) POWER OFF (AA1B) POF
FACTORY (AA5F)
FACTORY (AA5F) MENU (AA8B) KEY LOCK
Service Factory Mode

C
INFORMATION mode
Factory default screen
Audio system switch (AAD3-AF70) or Display call (AA4A)
MUTING key (AA49)
RANGE CHECK mode
Front surround (AA1D) This mode is not used for service.
Switching function Mode change of input signal Execute Final Setup
MUTING key (AA49)
MUTING key (AA49)
REFERENCE mode
AV selection (AA59) or Standard/AV memory (AA43) Common adjustment of each signal input MUTING key (AA49)
OFFSET mode
Double audio (AA1E) Adjustment of the signal input. MUTING key (AA49)
E
VIDEO OPTION mode
SCREEN SIZE (AAD3-AF3C) MUTING key (AA49)
INITIALIZE mode
Full auto zoom (AAD3-AF36) or P. ZOOM (AAD3-AF22)
PDP-503CMX
5 6 7 8
65
AXD1459 (PDP-503CMX)
POWER POWER MENU SCREEN SIZE SET

D
DISPLAY CALL FULL AUTO ZOOM MUTE SOUND VOLUME MUTE MENU SURROUND MODE AUDIO
SCREEN SIZE FULL AUTO ZOOM
DISPLAY CALL SURROUND MODE AUDIO AV MEMORY MPX
SOUND VOLUME AV SELECT MPX
SET
E
AXD1432 (PDP-501HD)
AXD1673 (PDP-502HD)
66
1 2
PDP-503CMX
3 4
Notes on Operation with the Remote Control Unit

In this manual, keys that are not on the remote control unit (AXD1459) supplied with the Plasma Display are designated as direct-select keys. To select items in Service Factory mode with the AXD1459, press the following keys as many times as required: For selection of main items: MUTE key For selection of other items: 5 (UP) or (DOWN) key
A
Change of Settings When Entering Service Factory Mode

1 Settings of MENU mode
The settings for PICTURE items are reset to the center values. Note: The PICTURE adjustment values to be reset are limited to the following: For VIDEO: Those for the current signal mode of the selected input function For a PC: Tables A-H are reset according to the history of the input signal mode All settings for SCREEN items are reset to the center values. Note: The SCREEN adjustment values to be reset are only those for the current signal mode of the selected input function. This is because the adjustment values of the MENU mode can be reset to the center values by executing FINAL SETUP or PICTURE DEFAULT. The settings for SETUP and OPTION of the MENU mode are maintained, except for the following: COLOR TEMP: It is reset to MIDDLE. AUTO POWER OFF/POWER MANAGEMENT: The settings are maintained, but these functions do not work.
2 Adjustment values of the Integrator mode

The following adjustment values for PICTURE and WHITE BAL are reset to the default values: Note: The PICTURE and WHITE BAL adjustment values to be reset are limited to the following: For VIDEO: Those for the current signal mode of the selected input function For a PC: Tables A-H are reset according to the history of the input signal mode. The SCREEN settings are maintained. The settings for SETUP and OPTION of the Integrator menu are maintained, except for the following: SIDE MASK LEVEL: The adjustment values are reset to the default values. FULL MASK that has been set in Integrator mode: Released OFF TIMER: Released The COLOR MODE (Integrator menu) settings that have been set in the Integrator menu are maintained.
3 Others
If the input signal mode is changed in Service Factory mode, settings are changed according to the input signal mode, Service Factory mode is maintained, and its default display (INFORMATION VERSION) appears. Note: When the input signal mode is changed, settings are reset as shown in 1 and 2 above. If FUNCTION switching is executed in Service Factory mode, the function is switched to the selected one, Service Factory mode is maintained, and its default display (INFORMATION VERSION) appears. Note: When the FUNCTION is changed, settings are reset as shown in 1 and 2 above. The COLOR DETECT setting is performed based on the COLOR SYSTEM selected in MENU mode. Only the data at addresses 0100 to 01FF of the module microcomputer/EEPROM are copied (updated) to the module microcomputer area of the main microcomputer EEPROM. Various panel protection functions (still-picture detection, block-brightness detection, SCAN IC protection function) are deactivated. Note: The protection functions are kept deactivated even after you exit Service Factory mode. To reactivate these functions, after exiting Service Factory mode, be sure to turn the power off, then back on. While there is no input, The partial setting, or while incompatible PC signals are input, settings that are not dependent on the signal mode can be performed. (For the MASK setting, see "MASK 1," and "MASK 2.") The setting items that are dependent on the input signal mode are grayed on the display and cannot be changed.
PDP-503CMX
5 6 7 8
67
6.1.2 Table of Adjustment Items in Service Factory

SLOT
A
Name YDL YOUTLEV CD TINT CrOFFSET CbOFFSET EXP R-Y_LEVEL B-Y_LEVEL OSD Display Name Y-DELAY Y-OUT LEVEL CD TINT CDR OFFSET CDB OFFSET R-Y LEVEL B-Y LEVEL RS-232C Command YDL YOL CTI CDR CDB LRY LBY Service Factory Operation REF/OFS-SLOT-1 REF/OFS-SLOT-2 REF/OFS-SLOT-3 REF/OFS-SLOT-4 REF/OFS-SLOT-5 REF/OFS-SLOT-6 REF/OFS-SLOT-7 Adjustment Range [OFFSET Reference Value] 0 to 15 [8] 0 to 63 [32] 0 to 63 [32] 0 to 15 [8] 0 to 15 [8] 0 to 255 [128] 0 to 255 [128] Adjustment Range [OFFSET Reference Value] 0 to 63 [32] 0 to 63 [32] 0 to 63 [32] 0 to 63 [32] 0 to 255 [128] 0 to 255 [128] 0 to 255 [128] 0 to 255 [128] 0 to 255 [128] 0 to 255 [128] 0 to 255 [128]
RGB1
Name OSD Display Name MAT CONT MAT BRIGHT MAT COLOR MAT TINT AD MAIN CONT AD R HIGH AD G HIGH AD B HIGH AD R LOW AD G LOW AD B LOW RS-232C Command MCT MBR MCL MTI MCA GHA BHA RHA GLA BLA RLA Service Factory Operation REF/OFS-RGB1-1 REF/OFS-RGB1-2 REF/OFS-RGB1-3 REF/OFS-RGB1-4 REF/OFS-RGB1-5 REF/OFS-RGB1-6 REF/OFS-RGB1-7 REF/OFS-RGB1-8 REF/OFS-RGB1-9 REF/OFS-RGB1-10 REF/OFS-RGB1-11
B
MATRIX
PICTURE BRIGHT COLOR HUE MAINCONTRAST SUBRCONTRAST SUBGCONTRAST AD SUBBCONTRAST BRIGHTR BRIGHTG BRIGHTB
RGB2
Name IC102 W/B COLOR TINT MCONTRAST MBRIGHT R HIGH IC30 W/B G HIGH B HIGH R LOW G LOW OSD Display Name COLOR TINT CONTRAST BRIGHT R. HIGH G. HIGH B. HIGH R. LOW G. LOW B. LOW RS-232C Command COL TNT CNT BRT RHI GHI BHI RLW GLW BLW Service Factory Operation REF/OFS-RGB2-1 REF/OFS-RGB2-2 REF/OFS-RGB2-3 REF/OFS-RGB2-4 REF/OFS-RGB2-5 REF/OFS-RGB2-6 REF/OFS-RGB2-7 REF/OFS-RGB2-8 REF/OFS-RGB2-9 REF/OFS-RGB2-10 Adjustment Range [OFFSET Reference Value] 0 to 255 [128] 0 to 255 [128] 0 to 255 [128] 0 to 255 [128] 0 to 255 [255] 0 to 255 [255] 0 to 255 [255] 0 to 255 [128] 0 to 255 [128] 0 to 255 [128]
B LOW
DIGITAL
Name PANEL R-HIGH PANEL G-HIGH PANEL B-HIGH PANEL R-LOW PANEL G-LOW PANEL B-LOW DIGITAL ABL LEVEL X-SUS-B X-SUS-G Y-SUS-B Y-SUS-G V-SUS V-OFFSET OSD Display Name PANEL R-HIGH PANEL G-HIGH PANEL B-HIGH PANEL R-LOW PANEL G-LOW PANEL B-LOW ABL LEVEL X-SUS-B X-SUS-G Y-SUS-B Y-SUS-G V-SUS V-OFFSET RS-232C Command PRH PGH PBH PRL PGL PBL ABL XSB XSG YSB YSG VSU VOF Service Factory Operation REF/OFS-DIGITAL-1 REF/OFS-DIGITAL-2 REF/OFS-DIGITAL-3 REF/OFS-DIGITAL-4 REF/OFS-DIGITAL-5 REF/OFS-DIGITAL-6 REF/OFS-DIGITAL-7 REF-DIGITAL-8 REF-DIGITAL-9 REF-DIGITAL-10 REF-DIGITAL-11 REF-DIGITAL-12 REF-DIGITAL-13 Adjustment Range [OFFSET Reference Value] 0 to 255 [255] 0 to 255 [255] 0 to 255 [255] 0 to 999 [512] 0 to 999 [512] 0 to 999 [512] 0 to 255 [128] 4 to 12 4 to 12 4 to 12 4 to 12 0 to 255 0 to 255
SIDE MASK LEVEL (VIDEO OPTION)

Name R SIDE MASK LEV IC30 G SIDE MASK LEV B SIDE MASK LEV OSD Display Name R SIDE MASK LEV G SIDE MASK LEV B SIDE MASK LEV RS-232C Command RSL GSL BSL Service Factory Operation VOP-M LEV-1 VOP-M LEV-2 VOP-M LEV-3 Adjustment Range [OFFSET Reference Value] 0 to 255 0 to 255 0 to 255
68
1 2
PDP-503CMX
3 4
COLOR TEMP (VIDEO OPTION)

Name IC102 COLOR TINT MCONTRAST MBRIGHT R HIGH IC30 G HIGH B HIGH R LOW G LOW B LOW OSD Display Name COLOR TINT CONTRAST BRIGHT R. HIGH G. HIGH B. HIGH R. LOW G. LOW B. LOW RS-232C Command Service Factory Operation VOP-CT-3 VOP-CT-4 VOP-CT-1 VOP-CT-2 VOP-CT-5 VOP-CT-6 VOP-CT-7 VOP-CT-8 VOP-CT-9 VOP-CT-10 Adjustment Range [OFFSET Reference Value] 0 to 255 [128] 0 to 255 [128] 0 to 255 [128] 0 to 255 [128] 0 to 255 [255] 0 to 255 [255] 0 to 255 [255] 0 to 255 [128] 0 to 255 [128] 0 to 255 [128]
COLOR MODE2 (VIDEO OPTION)

Name IC102 COLOR TINT MCONTRAST MBRIGHT R HIGH IC30 G HIGH B HIGH R LOW G LOW B LOW OSD Display Name COLOR TINT CONTRAST BRIGHT R. HIGH G. HIGH B. HIGH R. LOW G. LOW B. LOW RS-232C Command Service Factory Operation VOP-CM2-3 VOP-CM2-4 VOP-CM2-1 VOP-CM2-2 VOP-CM2-5 VOP-CM2-6 VOP-CM2-7 VOP-CM2-8 VOP-CM2-9 VOP-CM2-10 Adjustment Range [OFFSET Reference Value] 0 to 255 [128] 0 to 255 [128] 0 to 255 [128] 0 to 255 [128] 0 to 255 [255] 0 to 255 [255] 0 to 255 [255] 0 to 255 [128] 0 to 255 [128] 0 to 255 [128]
Calculation of Adjustment Value in Service Factory Mode

An actual adjustment value in Service Factory mode is the addition of the REFERENCE adjustment value and OFFSET adjustment value, subtracted by the OFFSET reference value (values indicated in brackets in the above tables). Note: As for the items that do not have OFFSET adjustment values (R SIDE MASK LEV, G SIDE MASK LEV, as well B SIDE MASK LEV of the SIDE MASK LEVEL items, and X-SUS-B, X-SUS-G, Y-SUS-B, Y-SUS-G, V-SUS, and V-OFFSET of the DIGITAL items), the REFERENCE adjustment value becomes the actual adjustment value. As for COLOR MODE 2 and COLOR TEMP, the adjustment value of the selected mode subtracted by its OFFSET reference value (value indicated in brackets in the above tables) becomes the OFFSET value. Adding this value to the adjustment value of each adjustment item in RGB2 becomes the final adjustment value for the RGB2 devices (IC30 and IC102).
Actual Calculation Examples

Each adjustment value of SLOT/ RGB 1/RGB2/DIGITAL (REFERENCE value) + { (OFFSET value) [OFFSET reference value] } ... Calculation of a value to be added as OFFSET COLOR MODE2 OFFSET value { (COLOR MODE2 adjustment value) - [OFFSET reference value] } ... Calculation of a value to be added as OFFSET for COLOR MODE2 Note: Add it only when COLOR MODE2 is selected. COLOR TEMP OFFSET value {(COLOR TEMP adjustment value) - [OFFSET reference value] } ... Calculation of a value to be added as OFFSET for COLOR TEMP Note: Add it only when COLOR TEMP 1,2,4, or 5 is selected. Perform the addition in the normal operation, menu mode and COLOR TEMP adjustment mode of the Service Factory mode (in item VIDEO OPTION), and add the OFFSET value of the selected setting. The addition of the COLOR TEMP OFFSET value is not needed in Integrator mode or in Service Factory mode (except for COLOR TEMP adjustment mode,) because the unit operates with the COLOR TEMP 3 settings.
PDP-503CMX
5 6 7 8
69
6.1.3 Description of Service Factory Menu Display

A
1. In Adjustment Item
1 1 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40
OF S S L O T
#1 S1 I N404 2 NT
10
Display color : White Halftone : Blue (second line/15th line for each 5 to 36 columns) When the input signal mode is not identified, the adjustment value is displayed with "" ()", and the item indication is grayed.
B
15 16
Y DE L AY
: ( )
Second line / 6th to 16th columns Second line / 6th to 7th columns Second line / 9th to 16th columns Second line / 19th to 20th columns Second line / 22th to 23th columns Slot Type or Model Type
Display
C
: Display the higher layer of selection item In Service Factory mode : Display the ID No. In RS-232C Factory mode : Display the higher layer of selection item In RS-232C Factory mode : Current color mode setting : Current slot type PDP-503PRO and PRO-1 000HD
US Slot Manufactured by Other Vender T1 to T8
PDA-5002
S1
No SLOT
NO
Second line / 25th to 27th columns : Current function Second line / 29th to 32th columns : Current signal mode Second line / 32th columns : Current Screen size (See "Classification of input signal" for details in each value.) Signal mode displays for mode 03, mode 31, mode E1, mode 61 or mode 71 Setting Signal Mode Display
VIDEO VGA WVGA XGA WXGA 03 31 E1 61 71
Signal mode displays for mode 12 or mode 13 HDTV Mode Setting (Integrator Menu) Signal Mode Display
1080i 1035i 12 13
Display in the no signal and incompatible signal

Signal Mode Display FB FC FD FE FF
E
Signal Definition OUT OF RANGE (Signal that cannot be measured with the main microcomputer) OUT OF RANGE (Video system signal without video signal) OUT OF RANGE (Incompatible signal at DVI input)
OUT OF RANGE (Incompatible signal that is measurable with the main microcomputer, and not applicable to FC and FD)
No signal
Second line / 33th column : Current input form Input Form Component VideoRGB Composite
*
Y/C
/
Display # @ Non-display (blank) excepting above form.
Second line / 34th to 35th columns : Current color system Color System NTSC PAL SECAM 4.43NTSC PAL-M PAL-N BLACK/WHITE
Display NT PL SC 4N PM PN BW Non-display (blank) in a case of a color system other than those mentioned above or when the COLOR SYSTEM setting is fixed.
15th line / 6th to 24th columns : Current item selection 15th line / 26th to 35th columns : When RANGE CHECK is selected: Current selecting value 1. When REFERENCE is selected : Adjustment value 2. When OFFSET is selected : OFFSET value (adjustment value) * Adjustment value is REFERENCE value + OFFSET value. 3. When VIDEO OPTION is selected : No display When INITIALIZE is selected : Selected setting. (No display for an item having the lower layer.)
70
1 2
PDP-503CMX
3 4
2. INFORMATION
1 5 1
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
I NFO VE RS I ON
5
#1 S1 I N402 2 NT
MA I N WI DE WI DE
10
U C OM U C OM F R OM U C OM U C OM F R OM
: : : : : :
MO D U PANE PANE
15 16
Basic Operation
Display the state of each item Rem Code Key Name AA01 AA02 AA03 AA04 AA05 AA06 AA07 AA08 AA09 AA00 AA46 AA47 AA4D AA4E AA4F AA50 AA51 AA52 AA53 AA54 AA96 AA97 AA94 AA95 AA8A SET AAD3-AF70 AUDIO AA4A DISPLAY CALL AA1D SURROUND MODE AA59 AV SELECT Shifting to various AA43 AV MEMORY adjustment / setting AA1E MPX screen. AAD3-AF3C SCREEN SIZE AAD3-AF36 FULL AUTO ZOOM AAD3-AF22 P.ZOOM Shifting to next adjustAA49 MUTING ment / setting screen. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 BS1 BS3 BS5 BS7 BS9 BS11 BS13 BS15 5 Selection of upper items Selection of lower items Function & Display VERSION PD INFO NG INFO TEMPERATURE MEMO Display of information for each item Description Remarks Main, Wide, module and panel microcomputers : Ver Wide flash (OSD) / Panel flash (Sequence) : Ver Past eight times / Place (1st, 2nd) / Time Stamp AUDIO/FAN/MODULE/PANEL/WIDE/ MAIN IIC/MODULE IIC/DEW 1/2/3/FAN output Display MEMO
Lower Layer
INFORMATION RANGE CHECK REFERENCE OFFSET VIDEO OPTION INITIALIZE RANGE CHECK
E
Operating specifications
When this mode is entered, the VERSION display (the function called by pressing the "1" key) is displayed first. When any of the above keys are pressed, the corresponding operation is executed. Note: The VERSION display is the default display for Service Factory mode.
F
PDP-503CMX
5 6 7 8
71
3. OSD Display in INFORMATION

A
1 VERSION
1 1 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40
I NFO VE RS I ON
5
#1 S1 I N402 2 NT
MA I N WI DE WI DE
10
U C OM U C OM F R OM U C OM U C OM F R OM
: : : : : :
MO D U PANE PANE
B
15 16
2 PD INFO.
1 1 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40
I NFO PD
5
#1 S1 I N402 2 NT
I NFO 1ST X DDC ADR K Y DRV ADRES 2 ND X DDC DC DC
C
10
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
5 2 1 0 0 0 0 0
1 2 3 3 0 0 0 0
4 4 5 4 0 0 0 0
8 8 8 8 0 0 0 0
H H H H H H H H
2 1 3 1 0 0 0 0
5 4 6 5 0 0 0 0
M M M M M M M M
15 16
The power down point (1st or 1st and 2nd) and an hour meter at the time of the power down are displayed. Up to eight power-downs are displayed. If the number of power-downs becomes more than 8, the latest data are added, and the oldest data are cleared.
D
Display details at PD INFORMATION
Display
1 2 3 4 X-DRV X-DDC Y-DRV Y-DDC
PD Point
X-DRIVE X-DC/DC CONVERTER Y-DRIVE Y-DC/DC CONVERTER 5 6 7 8
Display
ADRES ADR-K POWER DC-DC
PD Point
ADDRESS junction ADDRESS resonance Power supply DC/DC CONVERTER (DIGITAL)
72
1 2
PDP-503CMX
3 4
3 NG INFO.
1 1 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40
A
I NFO NG I NFO 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 WI DE WI DE MO D U L E MA I N I I C #1 S1 I N402 2 NT
10
15 16
The shutdown point is displayed. Up to eight shutdown points are displayed. If the number of shutdowns becomes more than 8, the latest data are added, and the oldest data are cleared.
Display details at NG INFO
Display
PANEL MOD IIC DEW TEMP FAN
Shutdown Point
Display
Shutdown Point
Communication failure of the panel microcomputer MODULE Communication failure of the module microcomputer Communication failure of the module IIC WIDE Wide microcomputer Condensation MAIN IIC Communication failure of the main IIC Abnormally high temperature AUDIO Failure in audio system Failure in fans
4 TEMPERATURE
1 1 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40
I NFO TEM PER A T URE

5
#1 S1 I N402 2 NT
T E MP 1 T EMP 2 T EMP 3
10
: 128 : 104 : 088 : 135
Indicated values are those for microcomputer A/D input or D/A output (0 to 255). Temperature sensors 1, 2 and 3 FAN
D
FAN
15 16
Note: Refer to "Shutdown diagnosis" in the "7.1.2 DIAGNOSIS FOR SHUTDOWN AND POWER-DOWN BY LED" to calculate real sensor temperature from each indicated value.
5 MEMO
1 1 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40
I NFO ME MO
5
#1 S1 I N402 2 NT

10
15 16
PDP-503CMX
5 6 7 8
73
4. REFERENCE
A
1 1 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40
RE F
#1 S1 I N402 2 NT
Display color : White Halftone : Blue (Second line / 15th line for each 5th to 36th columns)
10
15 16
RG B 1
Basic Operation
Select the adjustment table.
Rem Code AA01 AA02 AA03 AA04 AA05 AA06 AA07 AA08 Key Name 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 BS1 BS3 BS5 BS7 BS9 BS11 BS13 BS15 5 Selection of upper items Selection of lower items Function & Display RGB1 RGB2 DIGITAL SLOT Selection of the adjustment table Description Remarks
Lower Layer
? ? ? ?
AA09 AA00 AA46 AA47 AA4D AA4E AA4F AA50 AA51 AA52 AA53
AA54 AA96 AA97 AA94 AA95 AA8A
SET
Selection of the item and shift to lower layer
AAD3-AF70 AUDIO INFORMATION AA4A DISPLAY CALL AA1D SURROUND MODE RANGE CHECK AA59 AV SELECT REFERENCE Shifting to various AA43 AV MEMORY adjustment / setting AA1E MPX OFFSET screen AAD3-AF3C SCREEN SIZE VIDEO OPTION AAD3-AF36 FULL AUTO ZOOM INITIALIZE AAD3-AF22 P.ZOOM Shifting to next adjustment AA49 MUTING OFFSET /setting screen
If this setting screen is displayed when the unit is shifted from another mode, the RGB1 display (the function called by pressing the "1" key) is displayed first. If the unit is shifted back from a lower-layer display of this setting screen, the originally selected item will be displayed. When any of the above keys is pressed, the corresponding operation is executed. When INPUT5 (DVI) is selected, the RGB1 and SLOT items cannot be selected. (These displays are not skipped during item selection.) When a slot is not inserted, or when a slot manufactured by other vendor is inserted, the SLOT item cannot be selected. (The display is not skipped during item selection.) Items that cannot be selected are grayed on the display.
74
1 2
PDP-503CMX
3 4
1 REFERENCE RGB1
1 1 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40
A
R E F RG B 1 #1 S1 I N402 2 NT
Display color : White Half tone : Blue (second line / 15th line for each 5 to 36th columns)
10
15 16
MA T
CO N T
Basic Operation
Perform the adjustment of each parameter. Rem Code Key Name Function & Display AA01 AA02 AA03 AA04 AA05 AA06 AA07 AA08 AA09 AA00 AA46 AA47 AA4D AA4E AA4F AA50 AA51 AA52 AA53 AA54 AA96 AA97 AA94 AA95 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 BS1 BS3 BS5 BS7 BS9 BS11 BS13 BS15 5 Selection of upper items Selection of lower items
Increasing the adjustment value of the selected parameter Decreasing the adjustment value of the selected parameter
Description
Remark
Lower Layer
MAT CONT MAT BRIGHT MAT COLOR MAT TINT AD MAIN CONT AD R HIGH AD G HIGH AD B HIGH AD R LOW AD G LOW AD B LOW Retrieval and display of the adjustment value
Storing the adjustment value and shifting to the next higher layer AA8A SET AAD3-AF70 AUDIO INFORMATION AA4A DISPLAY CALL AA1D SURROUND MODE RANGE CHECK AA59 AV SELECT REFERENCE Shifting to various AA43 AV MEMORY adjustment / setting AA1E MPX OFFSET screen AAD3-AF3C SCREEN SIZE VIDEO OPTION AAD3-AF36 FULL AUTO ZOOM INITIALIZE AAD3-AF22 P.ZOOM Shifting to next adjustment AA49 MUTING OFFSET / setting screen.
When this mode is entered, the MAT CONT display (the function called by pressing the "1" key) is displayed first. When any of the above keys is pressed, the current adjustment value is stored in memory, then the corresponding operation will be executed. When the input signal mode is not identified, the adjustment value is displayed with "____," and the item indication is grayed.
PDP-503CMX
5 6 7 8
75
2 REFERENCE RGB2
1 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40
R E F RG B 2
#1 S1 I N402 2 NT
10
15 16
CO N T R A S T
Basic Operation
Perform the adjustment of each parameter. Rem Code Key Name Function & Display AA01 AA02 AA03 AA04 AA05 AA06
C
Description
Remarks
Lower Layer
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 BS1 BS3 BS5 BS7 BS9 BS11 BS13 BS15 5
CONTRAST BRIGHT COLOR TINT R HIGH G HIGH B HIGH R LOW G LOW B LOW Retrieval and display of the adjustment value
AA07 AA08 AA09 AA00 AA46 AA47 AA4D AA4E AA4F AA50 AA51 AA52 AA53 AA54 AA96 AA97 AA94 AA95
Selection of upper items Selection of lower items

Storing the adjustment value and shifting to the next higher layer AA8A SET AAD3-AF70 AUDIO INFORMATION AA4A DISPLAY CALL AA1D SURROUND MODE RANGE CHECK AA59 AV SELECT REFERENCE Shifting to various AA43 AV MEMORY adjustment / setting AA1E MPX OFFSET screen AAD3-AF3C SCREEN SIZE VIDEO OPTION AAD3-AF36 FULL AUTO ZOOM INITIALIZE AAD3-AF22 P.ZOOM Shifting to next adjustment / AA49 MUTING OFFSET setting screen.
When this mode is entered, the CONTRAST display (the function called by pressing the "1" key) is displayed first. When any of the above keys is pressed, the current adjustment value is stored in memory, then the corresponding operation will be executed. When the input signal mode is not identified, the adjustment value is displayed with "____," and the item indication is grayed.
76
1 2
PDP-503CMX
3 4
3 REFERENCE DIGITAL
1 1 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40
A
RE F D I G #1 S1 I N402 2 NT
10
15 16
PANE L
R H I GH
Basic Operation
Perform the adjustment of each parameter. Rem Code AA01 AA02 AA03 AA04 AA05 AA06 AA07 AA08 AA09 AA00 AA46 AA47 AA4D AA4E AA4F AA50 AA51 AA52 AA53 AA54 AA96 AA97 AA94 AA95 Key Name 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 BS1 BS3 BS5 BS7 BS9 BS11 BS13 BS15 5 Selection of upper items Selection of lower items
Function & Display PANEL RHIGH PANEL GHIGH PANEL BHIGH PANEL RLOW PANEL GLOW PANEL BLOW ABL LEVEL XSUSB XSUSG YSUSB YSUSG VSUS VOFFSET
Description
Remarks
Lower Layer
Retrieval and display of the adjustment value

C
Storing the adjustment value and shifting to the next higher layer AA8A SET AAD3-AF70 AUDIO INFORMATION AA4A DISPLAY CALL AA1D SURROUND MODE RANGE CHECK AA59 AV SELECT REFERENCE Shifting to various AA43 AV MEMORY adjustment / setting AA1E MPX OFFSET screen AAD3-AF3C SCREEN SIZE VIDEO OPTION AAD3-AF36 FULL AUTO ZOOM INITIALIZE AAD3-AF22 P.ZOOM Shifting to next adjustment AA49 MUTING OFFSET / setting screen
When this mode is entered, the PANEL R-HIGH display (the function called by pressing the "1" key) is displayed first. When any of the above keys is pressed, the current adjustment value is stored in memory, then the corresponding operation will be executed. When the input signal mode is not identified, the adjustment value is displayed with "____," and the item indication is grayed.
PDP-503CMX
5 6 7 8
77
4 REFERENCE SLOT (When SLOT ST1 is connected) This mode is effective only when SLOT ST1 is connected.
1 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40
RE F S L OT
#1 S1 I N402 2 NT
10
15 16
Y DE L AY
Basic Operation
Perform the adjustment of each parameter. Rem Code AA01 AA02 AA03 AA04 AA05 AA06
C
Key Name 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 BS1 BS3 BS5 BS7 BS9 BS11 BS13 BS15 5
Function & Display YDELAY YOUT LEVEL CD TINT CDR OFFSET CDB OFFSET RY LEVEL BY LEVEL
Description
Remarks
Lower Layer
AA07 AA08 AA09 AA00 AA46 AA47 AA4D AA4E AA4F AA50 AA51 AA52 AA53 AA54 AA96 AA97 AA94 AA95

Storing the adjustment value and shifting to the next higher layer AA8A SET AAD3-AF70 AUDIO INFORMATION AA4A DISPLAY CALL AA1D SURROUND MODE RANGE CHECK AA59 AV SELECT REFERENCE Shifting to various AA43 AV MEMORY adjustment / setting AA1E MPX OFFSET screen AAD3-AF3C SCREEN SIZE VIDEO OPTION AAD3-AF36 FULL AUTO ZOOM INITIALIZE AAD3-AF22 P.ZOOM Shifting to next adjustment OFFSET AA49 MUTING / setting screen
When this mode is entered, the Y-DELAY display (the function called by pressing the "1" key) is displayed first. When any of the above keys is pressed, the current adjustment value is stored in memory, then the corresponding operation will be executed. When the input signal mode is not identified, the adjustment value is displayed with "____," and the item indication is grayed.
78
1 2
PDP-503CMX
3 4
5. OFFSET
1 1 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40
OF S
#1 S1 I N402 2 NT
10
15 16
RG B 1
Basic Operation
Select the adjustment table
Rem Code AA01 AA02 AA03 AA04 AA05 AA06 AA07 AA08 AA09 AA00 AA46 AA47 AA4D AA4E AA4F AA50 AA51 AA52 AA53 AA54 AA96 AA97 AA94 AA95 AA8A SET Selection of the item and shifting to lower layer INFORMATION RANGE CHECK REFERENCE OFFSET VIDEO OPTION INITIALIZE VIDEO OPTION Key Name 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 BS1 BS3 BS5 BS7 BS9 BS11 BS13 BS15 5 Selection of upper items Selection of lower items Function & Display RGB1 RGB2 DIGITAL SLOT Selection of the adjustment table Description Remarks
Lower Layer
? ? ? ?
AAD3-AF70 AUDIO AA4A DISPLAY CALL AA1D SURROUND MODE AA59 AV SELECT Shifting to various AA43 AV MEMORY adjustment / setting AA1E MPX screen AAD3-AF3C SCREEN SIZE AAD3-AF36 FULL AUTO ZOOM AAD3-AF22 P.ZOOM Shifting to next adjustment AA49 MUTING / setting screen
If this setting screen is displayed when the unit is shifted from another mode, the RGB1 display (the function called by pressing the "1" key) is displayed first. If the unit is shifted back from a lower-layer display of this setting screen, the originally selected item will be displayed. When any of the above keys is pressed, the corresponding operation is executed. When INPUT5 (DVI) is selected, the RGB1 and SLOT items cannot be selected. (These displays are not skipped during item selection.) When a slot is not inserted, or when a slot manufactured by other vendor is inserted, the SLOT item cannot be selected. (The display is not skipped during item selection.) Items that cannot be selected are grayed on the display. Selection of each item is impossible when there is no input signal.
PDP-503CMX
5 6 7 8
79
1 OFFSET RGB1
1 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40
O F S RG B 1
#1 S1 I N402 2 NT
10
15 16
MA T
CO N T
: ( )
Basic Operation
C
Function & Display MAT CONT MAT BRIGHT MAT COLOR MAT TINT AD MAIN CONT AD R HIGH AD G HIGH AD B HIGH AD R LOW AD G LOW AD B LOW
Description
Remarks
Lower Layer
AA07 AA08 AA09 AA00 AA46 AA47 AA4D AA4E AA4F AA50 AA51
AA52 AA53 AA54 AA96 AA97 AA94 AA95

Storing the adjustment value and shifting to the next higher layer AA8A SET AAD3-AF70 AUDIO INFORMATION AA4A DISPLAY CALL AA1D SURROUND MODE RANGE CHECK AA59 AV SELECT REFERENCE Shifting to various AA43 AV MEMORY adjustment / setting AA1E MPX OFFSET screen AAD3-AF3C SCREEN SIZE VIDEO OPTION AAD3-AF36 FULL AUTO ZOOM INITIALIZE AAD3-AF22 P.ZOOM Shifting to next adjustment AA49 MUTING VIDEO OPTION / setting screen
When this mode is entered, the MAT CONT display (the function called by pressing the "1" key) is displayed first. When any of the above keys is pressed, the current adjustment value is stored in memory, then the corresponding operation will be executed. When the input signal mode is not identified, the adjustment value is displayed with "___(___)," and the item indication is grayed.
80
1 2
PDP-503CMX
3 4
2 OFFSET RGB2
1 1 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40
A
O F S RG B 2 #1 S1 I N402 2 *NT
10
15 16
CO N T R A S T
: * * * ( * * * )
Basic Operation
Function & Display CONTRAST BRIGHT COLOR TINT R HIGH G HIGH B HIGH R LOW G LOW B LOW
Description
Remarks
Lower Layer

C
When this mode is entered, the CONTRAST display (the function called by pressing the "1" key) is displayed first. When any of the above keys is pressed, the current adjustment value is stored in memory, then the corresponding operation will be executed. When the input signal mode is not identified, the adjustment value is displayed with "___(___)," and the item indication is grayed.
PDP-503CMX
5 6 7 8
81
3 OFFSET DIGITAL
1 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40
OF S D I G
#1 S1 I N402 2 NT
10
15 16
PANE L
R H I GH
: ( )
Basic Operation
Perform the adjustment of each parameter. Rem Code Key Name Function & Display AA01 AA02 AA03 AA04 AA05 AA06 AA07
C
Description
Remarks
Lower Layer
PANEL RHIGH PANEL GHIGH PANEL BHIGH PANEL RLOW PANEL GLOW PANEL BLOW ABL LEVEL XSUSB XSUSG YSUSB YSUSG VSUS VOFFSET Selection is possible, but setting is impossible Retrieval and display of the adjustment value
AA08 AA09 AA00 AA46 AA47 AA4D AA4E AA4F AA50 AA51

When this mode is entered, the PANEL R-HIGH display (the function called by pressing the "1" key) is displayed first. When any of the above keys is pressed, the current adjustment value is stored in memory, then the corresponding operation will be executed. When the input signal mode is not identified, the adjustment value is displayed with "___(___)," and the item indication is grayed. As the items X-SUS-B, X-SUS-G, Y-SUS-B, Y-SUS-G, V-SUS, and V-OFFSET do not have OFFSET adjustment values, making settings is not allowed. These items are grayed, and the adjustment values are displayed with "___(___)."
82
1 2
PDP-503CMX
3 4
4 OFFSET SLOT (When SLOT ST1 is connected) This mode is effective only when SLOT ST1 is connected.
1 1 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40
A
OF S S L OT #1 S1 I N402 2 NT
10
15 16
Y DE L AY
: ( )
Basic Operation
Function & Display YDELAY YOUT LEVEL CD TINT CDR OFFSET CDB OFFSET RY LEVEL BY LEVEL
Description
Remarks
Lower Layer

C
When this mode is entered, the Y-DELAY display (the function called by pressing the "1" key) is displayed first. When any of the above keys is pressed, the current adjustment value is stored in memory, then the corresponding operation will be executed. When the input signal mode is not identified, the adjustment value is displayed with "___(___)," and the item indication is grayed.
PDP-503CMX
5 6 7 8
83
6. VIDEO OPTION
1 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40
V I DEO
OPT
#1 S1 I N402 2 *NT
10
15 16
S I DE
MA S K
LEV
Basic Operation
C
Function & Display SIDE MASK LEV C MODE2 C TEMP LOW C TEMP MID LOW C TEMP MID HIGH C TEMP HIGH
Description
Remarks
Shift to adjustment screen of SIDE MASK LEVEL with SET (AA8A) Shift to adjustment screen of COLOR MODE2 with SET (AA8A)
Lower Layer
? ? ? ? ? ?
Selection of the adjustment item
Shift to adjustment screen of COLOR TEMP LOW with SET (AA8A) Shift to adjustment screen of COLOR TEMP MID LOW with SET (AA8A) Shift to adjustment screen of COLOR TEMP MID HIGH with SET (AA8A) Shift to adjustment screen of COLOR TEMP HIGH with +SET (AA8A)
AA07 AA08 AA09 AA00 AA46 AA47 AA4D AA4E AA4F AA50 AA51 AA52 AA53 AA54 AA96 AA97 AA94 AA95 AA8A
SET
Selection of the item and shift to adjustment screen INFORMATION RANGE CHECK REFERENCE OFFSET VIDEO OPTION INITIALIZE INITIALIZE
84
1 2
PDP-503CMX
3 4
If this setting screen is displayed when the unit is shifted from another mode, the SIDE MASK LEVEL display (the function called by pressing the "1" key) is displayed first. If the unit is shifted back from a lower-layer display of this setting screen, the originally selected item will be displayed. When any of the above keys is pressed, the corresponding operation is executed. COLOR MODE setting during COLOR MODE adjustment When Service Factory mode is entered, the settings for COLOR MODE become those that set on the Integrator menu. However, during COLOR MODE 2 adjustment, the unit operates in COLOR MODE 2 regardless of the settings made on the Integrator menu. COLOR TEMP setting during COLOR TEMP adjustment When Service Factory mode is entered, the setting for COLOR TEMP becomes MIDDLE regardless of the user's setting. During COLOR TEMP adjustment, the unit operates in the selected COLOR TEMP mode.
A
PDP-503CMX
5 6 7 8
85
1 SIDE MASK LEV. Adjustment

1 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40
VO P S
MASK
#1 S1 I N402 2 NT
10
15 16
S I DE
MA S K
LEV
Basic Operation
C
Function & Display R SIDE MASK LEV G SIDE MASK LEV B SIDE MASK LEV
Description Retrieval and display of the adjustment value
Remarks
Lower Layer

Storing the adjustment value and shifting to the next higher layer AA8A SET AAD3-AF70 AUDIO INFORMATION AA4A DISPLAY CALL AA1D SURROUND MODE RANGE CHECK AA59 AV SELECT REFERENCE Shifting to various AA43 AV MEMORY adjustment / setting AA1E MPX OFFSET screen AAD3-AF3C SCREEN SIZE VIDEO OPTION AAD3-AF36 FULL AUTO ZOOM INITIALIZE AAD3-AF22 P.ZOOM Shifting to next adjustment AA49 MUTING INITIALIZE / setting screen
When this mode is entered, the R SIDE MASK LEVEL display (the function called by pressing the "1" key) is displayed first. When any of the above keys is pressed, the current adjustment value is stored in memory, then the corresponding operation will be executed.
86
1 2
PDP-503CMX
3 4
2 COLOR MODE2 Adjustment

1 1 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40
A
VO P C MOD E 2 #1 S1 I N402 2 NT
The color mode indicated on the second line, 35th column is the default setting and does not change according to the color mode being adjusted. Display color : White Half tone : Blue (second line / 15th line for each 5 to 36th columns)
10
15 16
CON T R A S T
Basic Operation
Function & Display CONTRAST BRIGHT COLOR TINT R HIGH G HIGH B HIGH R LOW G LOW B LOW
Description
Remarks
Lower Layer

C
AA8A SET Storing the adjustment value and shifting to the next higher layer AAD3-AF70 AUDIO INFORMATION AA4A DISPLAY CALL AA1D SURROUND MODE RANGE CHECK AA59 AV SELECT REFERENCE Shifting to various AA43 AV MEMORY adjustment / setting AA1E MPX OFFSET screen AAD3-AF3C SCREEN SIZE VIDEO OPTION AAD3-AF36 FULL AUTO ZOOM INITIALIZE AAD3-AF22 P.ZOOM Shifting to next adjustment AA49 MUTING INITIALIZE / setting screen
When this mode is entered, the CONTRAST display (the function called by pressing the "1" key) is displayed first. When any of the above keys is pressed, the current adjustment value is stored in memory, then the corresponding operation will be executed. During COLOR MODE adjustment, the setting becomes COLOR MODE 2, and the adjusted value will be stored in memory, but the color mode setting will not be stored after adjustment is completed.
PDP-503CMX
5 6 7 8
87
3 COLOR TEMP Adjustment

1 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40
VO P C T
M I D
#1 S1 I N402 2 NT
10
15 16
CON T R A S T
Basic Operation
C
Description
Remarks
Lower Layer
CONTRAST BRIGHT COLOR TINT R HIGH G HIGH B HIGH R LOW G LOW B LOW Retrieval and display of the adjustment value

AA8A SET Storing the adjustment value and shifting to the next higher layer AAD3-AF70 AUDIO INFORMATION AA4A DISPLAY CALL AA1D SURROUND MODE RANGE CHECK AA59 AV SELECT REFERENCE Shifting to various AA43 AV MEMORY adjustment / setting AA1E MPX OFFSET screen AAD3-AF3C SCREEN SIZE VIDEO OPTION AAD3-AF36 FULL AUTO ZOOM INITIALIZE AAD3-AF22 P.ZOOM Shifting to next adjustment INITIALIZE AA49 MUTING / setting screen
When this mode is entered, the CONTRAST display (the function called by pressing the "1" key) is displayed first. When any of the above keys is pressed, the current adjustment value is stored in memory, then the corresponding operation will be executed. During COLOR TEMP adjustment, the unit operates with the selected COLOR TEMP setting, and the adjusted value will be stored in memory, but the COLOR TEMP setting will return to MIDDLE after adjustment is completed.
88
1 2
PDP-503CMX
3 4
7. INITIALIZE
1 1 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40
A
I N I T #1 S1 I N402 2 NT
10
15 16
CO L O R
DET
: EU RO
Basic Operation
Perform the modification and confirmation of various settings. Rem Code AA01 AA02 AA03 AA04 AA05 AA06 AA07 AA08 AA09 AA00 AA46 AA47 AA4D AA4E AA4F AA50 AA51 AA52 AA53 AA54 AA96 AA97 AA94 AA95 AA8A SET Key Name 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 BS1 BS3 BS5 BS7 BS9 BS11 BS13 BS15 5 Selection of upper items Selection of lower items Selection of the function Selection of the function Selecting the item and shifting to lower layer, or storing the adjustment value and shifting to upper layer. INFORMATION RANGE CHECK REFERENCE OFFSET VIDEO OPTION INITIALIZE INFORMATION
E
Function & Display COLOR DET EEP CHECK ACL SW INTEGRATOR MODE P&P WRITE ENA HOURMETER SET PULSEMETER SET FINAL SET UP VIDEO STANDARD PC STANDARD VIDEO MODE1 PC MODE1 EEP DATA READ MASK1 MASK2 MEMO SERVICE PARTS PICTURE DEFAULT
Description
...EUROSAALL...
Remarks
Lower Layer
Shifting to setting screen with SET (AA8A) Shifting to setting screen with SET (AA8A)
Executing with SET (AA8A)
EEPROM writing check ON OFF ...LOCKUNLOCK...

For Plug & Play EEPROM writing
Setting the current hourmeter Setting the pulse hourmeter

...0123456789A... ...0123456789A... ...0123456789A... ...0123456789A...
? ?
C
Shifting to setting screen with SET (AA8A) Shifting to setting screen with SET (AA8A) Shifting to setting screen with SET (AA8A) Shifting to writing screen with SET (AA8A) Executing with SET (AA8A)
Executing with SET (AA8A)
? ? ? ?
D
PDP-503CMX
5 6 7 8
89
A
If this setting screen is displayed when the unit is shifted from another mode, the COLOR DET display (the function called by pressing the "1" key) is displayed first. If the unit is shifted back from a lower-layer display of this setting screen, the originally selected item will be displayed. When any of the above keys is pressed, the corresponding operation is executed. As for the following items, the adjusted values will be stored in memory: COLOR DET., ACL SW, INTE. MODE, MEMO, VIDEO STANDARD, PC STANDARD, VIDEO MODE 1, PC MODE 1, HOURMETER SET, PULSEMETER SET, FINAL SETUP, MASK 1, MASK 2, and PICTURE DEFAULT.
Function description
1. COLOR DET. : The color detection system is set. EURO SA ALL 2. EEP CHECK: EEPROM writing is checked. The rightmost two digits in hexadecimal notation from the results of addition of data at subaddresses 1760-177C (PDC XGA/SHARP data) of the EEPROM are displayed. 3. ACL SW: The ACL is set. 4. INTEGRATOR MODE: The integrator protection is set. 5. P&P WRITE ENA: The writing permission of the EEPROM for Plug & Play is set. 6. HOURMETER SET: The hourmeter is displayed and set.
1 1 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40
I N I T
#1 S1 I N402 2 NT
HOURME T ER N OW
10
SET
The upper three digits of SET DATA can be changed: 5 : To select numbers : To select one of the upper three digits to be changed SET : To register the setting and shift to the confirmation screen for setting changes.
DATA : 1 2 34 5H DATA : 0 9 70 0H
SET
15 16 1 1 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40
I N I T
#1 S1 I N402 2 NT
SET
: To select YES or NO : When YES is selected, the SET DATA are stored in memory, and the initial display appears. When NO is selected, NOW DATA is maintained, and the initial display appears.
D
HOURME T ER
10
SET NO
YES
15 16
7. PULSEMETER SET: The pulse meter is displayed and set.

1 1 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40
I N I T
#1 S1 I N402 2 NT
E
5
P U L S EME T E R N OW
10
SET
The upper three digits of SET DATA can be changed: 5 : To select numbers : To select one of the upper three digits to be changed SET : To register the setting and shift to the confirmation screen for setting changes.
DATA : 1 2 34 5 . 6 7G DATA : 0 9 70 0 . 0 0G
SET
15 16
90
1 2
PDP-503CMX
3 4
1 1
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
I N I T
#1 S1 I N402 2 NT
SET
: To select YES or NO : When YES is selected, the SET DATA are stored in memory, and the initial display appears. When NO is selected, NOW DATA is maintained, and the initial display appears.
P U L S EME T E R
10
SET NO
YES
15 16
8. FINAL SETUP: Factory preset values are set. (See FINAL SETUP Details.) 9. VIDEO STANDARD: The peak occurrences of STANDARD (USER MENU / POWER CONTROL) in the video system signal is set. (Table 1 setting in the following table.) Note: Please do not change settings during service. 10. PC STANDARD: The peak occurrences of STANDARD (USER MENU / POWER CONTROL) in the PC system signal is set. (Table 2 setting in the following table.) Note: Please do not change settings during service. 11. VIDEO MODE1: The peak occurrences of MODE1 (USER MENU / POWER CONTROL) in the video system signal is set. (Table 3 setting in the following table.) Note: Please do not change settings during service. 12. PC MODE1: The peak occurrences of MODE1 (USER MENU / POWER CONTROL) in the PC system signal is set. (Table 4 setting in the following table.) Note: Please do not change settings during service.
Current Input Signal VIDEO STANDARD mode POWER CONTROL setting MODE1 MODE2 Table1 Table3 PC Table2 Table4
PL6 (fixed)
13. EEP DATA READ: Data on each address of the EEPROM are displayed.
1 1 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40
I N I T
#1 S1 I N402 2 NT
: To select a digit (four digits) of an address 5 : To select numbers SET : To shift to the next higher layer Displayed data for each address are updated each time the address is changed. Display color : White (Selected address is yellow) Half tone : Blue (second line / 15th line for each 5 to 36th columns)
10
15 16
EEP
DAT A
READ
: 1 0 FF - 8 0
14. MASK1: To select the full mask. (Refer to "1 MASK1" .) Note: The last setting for either MASK 1 or MASK 2 is stored in memory. 15. MASK2: To select the mask pattern. (Refer to "2 MASK2" .) Note: The last setting for either MASK 1 or MASK 2 is stored in memory.
Notes on MASK 1 and MASK 2 When any key is pressed, an OSD is displayed for two seconds, and during this period the full mask signal output is stopped. When the full mask is selected on the MASK selection menu, two seconds after the full mask is selected (with no key pressed during this period,) the displayed OSD disappears, then full mask is displayed in turn. To release the mask setting, use "M00" of RS-232C Factory Adjustment mode or "MASK OFF" of Service Factory menu. (The mask setting cannot be released with FULL MASK OFF of the Integrator menu or "FMN" of the RS-232C Factory Adjustment mode.)
PDP-503CMX
5 6 7 8
91
16. MEMO: Memo data are displayed and edited.

A
1 1 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40
I NFO ME MO
5
#1 S1 I N402 2 NT

10
<MEMO/SELECT> With the 5 or key, a MEMO to be edited can be selected. If you press the SET key, the screen shifts to MEMO/EDIT. If you select BACK and then press the SET key, the screen shifts to the next higher layer.
BACK
15 16
1 1
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
M E MO
5
P DP - 5 0 3MX A N 0 ` B O 1 ' C P 2 / D Q 3 E R 4 ( F S 5 ) G T 6 @ H U 7 I V 8 :
BACK J W 9 # K X . ?
SPACE L Y , & M Z
<MEMO/EDIT> For details on editing, see "INPUT Label" of the user menu. The default display is "_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _". (&: Space) When RESET is selected, the setting is reset to the default.
10
RESET
SPACE
END
15 16
SEL ECT
SET
SET
MENU
EX I T
17. SERVICE PARTS : The PD number of the module microcomputer is rewritten to the parts recognition number for service. See "7.1.3 AUTOMATIC BACKUP OF DIGITAL VIDEO ASSY DATA ". Parts recognition number for service: Modify the leftmost digit of the PD number to F Example: F691 (an original PD number is 5691). Note: Modification of the PD number to the ID number for service is needed only for the EEPROM of the module microcomputer. The ID number for service in the data area of the module microcomputer in the EEPROM of the main microcomputer must not be changed. 18. PICTURE DEFAULT The data adjusted in Service Factory mode will become the new default settings for PICTURE, WHITE BAL, and SIDE MASK LEVEL of the Integrator menu. As long as PICTURE DEFAULT or FINAL SETUP is not executed, the settings made in Service Factory mode are not reflected in the video output data in modes other than Service Factory mode. To make the values adjusted during Service Factory mode go into force, PICTURE DEFAULT must be executed after adjustment. Note: If PICTURE DEFAULT is executed: 1 All the PICTURE items set on the user menu are reset. 2 The values for PICTURE, WHITE BAL, and SIDE MASK LEVEL of the Integrator menu will become those of current adjustment values of Service Factory mode.
92
1 2
PDP-503CMX
3 4
FINAL SETUP Details

Items Key input of the remote control unit Power supply (STANDBY/ON) Input function VIDEO Screen size PC INPUT1 WIDE 1 DOT BY DOT 2 4 : 3 (including TYPE) 3 FULL (including TYPE) Vertical position adjustment (V scroll) KEY LOCK VOLUME User menu settings PICTURE SCREEN INPUT LABEL AUTO POWER OFF POWER MANAGEMENT COLOR TEMP DIGITAL NR HIGH CONTRAST PURECINEMA COLOR SYSTEM CLAMP POSITION 3D Y/C MODE SETTING Default value for all adjustment items Default value for all adjustment items &INPUT& OFF OFF MIDDLE LOW OFF OFF AUTO AUTO MOTION PC AUTO (at mode03, 31, E1) PC AUTO (at mode61, 71) XGA (mode63, 73) VIDEO SIGNAL POWER CONTROL AUTO FUNCTION AUDIO OUT Integrator menu setting item PICTURE WHITE BALANCE SCREEN 22 MODE BRT. ENHANCE HDTV MODE VIDEO INPUT SUB VOLUME OSD BAUD RATE TIMER VIDEO PC Default value for all adjustment items Default value for all adjustment items Default value for all adjustment items OFF/Upper left OFF OFF 1035i COMPONENT1 COMPONENT2 60 ON 4800BPS OFF/1/0.0/WHT For each input function For each function that can be controlled by the PC Common to all input functions 750p/1125i/1125p 525i/525p/625i/625p For each input function Common to all units (Setting/Timer time/Mask time/mask color) Common to all input functions
E
Initial Setting NO CARE
Remarks
A
(When the video signal is input) For each input function (When the PC signal is input) For each input function and signal mode Priority is 1 2 3 For each input function (at VIDEO) Common to all input functions
B
0 UNLOCK 0
For each input function and signal mode For each input function and signal mode (at PC) (: 1 to 5). For each input function For each input function INPUT1 (at PC) /5 For each input function (at VIDEO) For each input function (at 525i (NTSC)) For each INPUT3/4 For each INPUT1/2 INPUT 4 For INPUT 1/2
C
RGB STANDARD OFF FIXED (VIDEO/PC) Common to all input functions Common to all input functions
D
For each input function and signal mode
PDP-503CMX
5 6 7 8
93
Items
A
Initial Setting OFF R LEVEL Default value Default value Default value ON OFF OFF MODE1 OFF AUTO &&&PLASMA&&& VIDEO (RGB) UNLOCK OFF ON NO CARE OFF ON OFF Common to all units Common to all units Common to all units Common to all units Common to all units G LEVEL B LEVEL
Remarks
FULL MASK SIDE MASK MASK CONTROL ORBITER MODE INVERSE MODE COLOR MODE MIRROR MODE FAN CONTROL MONITOR NAME ID NO SET SLOT INPUT Factory Setting Item INTE MODE MASK1/2 setting ACL SW COLOR DET RS-232C Setting Item VIDEO MUTE LED
100% display
94
1 2
PDP-503CMX
3 4
1 MASK1
1 1 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40
I N I T MA SK 1
#1 S1 I N402 2 NT
10
15 16
MA SK
: OFF ( 6 0H z )
Basic Operation
Perform the adjustment of each parameter. Rem Code AA01 AA02 AA03 AA04 AA05 AA06 AA07 AA08 AA09 AA00 AA46 AA47 AA4D AA4E AA4F AA50 AA51 AA52 AA53 AA54 AA96 AA97 AA94 AA95 AA8A AAD3-AF70 AA4A AA1D AA59 AA43 AA1E AAD3-AF3C AAD3-AF36 AAD3-AF22 AA49 SET AUDIO DISPLAY CALL SURROUND MODE AV SELECT AV MEMORY MPX SCREEN SIZE FULL AUTO ZOOM P.ZOOM MUTING Key Name 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 BS1 BS3 BS5 BS7 BS9 BS11 BS13 BS15 5 Selection of upper items Selection of lower items Selection of free-running frequency 50Hz60Hz70Hz Default: 60 Hz Selection of free-running frequency 50Hz60Hz70Hz Default: 60 Hz
Storing data of the selected item and shifting to upper layer
Function & Display MASK OFF MASK51 MASK52 MASK53 MASK54 MASK55 MASK56 MASK57 MASK58 MASK59 MASK60 MASK61 MASK62 MASK63 MASK64 MASK65 MASK66
Description OFF White
Remarks
Lower Layer

D C
Cyan 274 Mazenta 1023 Flesh color Cyan 1023 Light purple Sky blue Red Green Blue Black Red 779 Reservation Reservation Reservation Reservation
INFORMATION RANGE CHECK Shifting to various adjustment / setting screen REFERENCE OFFSET VIDEO OPTION INITIALIZE Shifting to next adjustment / setting screen INFORMATION
E
When this mode is entered, the MASK OFF display (the function called by pressing the "1" key) is displayed first. However, if any MASK setting has been already made, the selected MASK item is displayed first. If this mode is entered with any of the MASK items in MASK 2 selected, the settings for MASK 2 become invalid, and the MASK OFF display (the function called by pressing the "1" key) is displayed first. When any of the above keys is pressed, the current adjustment value is stored in memory, then the corresponding operation will be executed. Note: During MASK setting, an OSD is not displayed. If another operation is selected, an OSD is displayed for 2 seconds after the MASK signal output is stopped, then the selected FULL MASK display will be displayed again.
PDP-503CMX
5 6 7 8
95
2 MASK2
1 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40
I N I T MA SK 2
#1 S1 I N402 2 NT
10
15 16
MA SK
: OFF ( 6 0H z )
Basic Operation
C
Description OFF
Remarks Pattern 1 (Ramp) Pattern 2 (Color-bars) Pattern 3 (Slanting lines) Pattern 4 (For W/B Lo-Light adjustment 1/5Window (14%, 56%)) Pattern 5 (For W/B Lo-Light adjustment 1/5Window (Pred, Skin)) Pattern 6 (For W/B Peak adjustment 1/5Window (100%))
Pattern 7 (Peak signal : For peak measurement and adjustment 1/5Window (100%))
Lower Layer
MASK OFF MASK 01 MASK 02 MASK 03 MASK 04 MASK 05 MASK 06 MASK 07 MASK 08 MASK 09 MASK 10 MASK 11 MASK 12 MASK 13 MASK 14
AA07 AA08 AA09 AA00 AA46 AA47 AA4D AA4E

D
Pattern 8 (Reservation)
Pattern 9 (Window-A for scan IC protection test) Pattern 10 (Window-B for scan IC protection test)
Pattern 11 (Reservation) Pattern 12 (Reservation) Pattern 13 (Reservation) Pattern 14 (Reservation)
AA4F AA50 AA51 AA52 AA53 AA54 AA96 AA97 AA94 AA95
Selection of upper items Selection of lower items Selection of free-running frequency 50Hz60Hz70Hz Default: 60 Hz Selection of free-running frequency 50Hz60Hz70Hz Default: 60 Hz
Storing data of the selected item and shifting to upper layer
AA8A SET AAD3-AF70 AUDIO AA4A DISPLAY CALL AA1D SURROUND MODE AA59 AV SELECT AA43 AV MEMORY AA1E MPX
INFORMATION RANGE CHECK Shifting to various adjustment / setting screen REFERENCE OFFSET
AAD3-AF3C SCREEN SIZE VIDEO OPTION AAD3-AF36 FULL AUTO ZOOM INITIALIZE AAD3-AF22 P.ZOOM Shifting to next adjustment / setting screen INFORMATION AA49 MUTING
F
96
1 2
PDP-503CMX
3 4
When this mode is entered, the MASK OFF display (the function called by pressing the "1" key) is displayed first. However, if any MASK setting has been already made, the selected MASK item is displayed first. If this mode is entered with any of the MASK items in MASK 1 selected, the settings for MASK 1 become invalid, and the MASK OFF display (the function called by pressing the "1" key) is displayed first. When any of the above keys is pressed, the current adjustment value is stored in memory, then the corresponding operation will be executed. Note: During MASK setting, an OSD is not displayed. If another operation is selected, an OSD is displayed for 2 seconds after the MASK signal output is stopped, then the selected MASK display will be displayed again.
A
Cassification 1 of Input Signal Mode (VIDEO)

SIG Mode 00 5 00 6 00 7 00 8 00 9 01 5 01 6 01 7 01 8 01 9 02 5 02 6 02 7 02 8 02 9 03 5 03 6 03 7 03 8 03 9 11 5 11 7 12 5 12 7 13 5 13 7 14 5 14 7 15 5 15 7 Signal Type OSD display (100% tentative) 4:3 FULL ZOOM WIDE (100% tentative) 4:3 FULL ZOOM WIDE (100% tentative) 4:3 FULL ZOOM WIDE (100% tentative) 4:3 FULL ZOOM WIDE (100%) FULL (100%) FULL (100%) FULL (100%) FULL (100%) FULL V. Frequency fv (Hz) H. Frequency fh (Hz) Number of Pixels 1280 768 984 768 1280 768 1280 768 1280 768 1280 768 984 768 1280 768 1280 768 1280 768 1280 768 984 768 1280 768 1280 768 1280 768 1280 768 984 768 1280 768 1280 768 1280 768 1280 768 1280 768 1280 768 1280 768 1280 768 1280 768 1280 768 1280 768 1280 768 1280 768 INPUT5 (DVI input) Compatibility
SDTV 625i (PAL/SECAM)
50
15.6
(incompatible)
SDTV 625p (PAL Progressive)
50
31.2
(incompatible)
SDTV 525i (NTSC/4.43NTSC)
C
(incompatible)
60
15.7
SDTV 525p (NTSC Progressive) HDTV 1125i (Effective scanning lines: 1080) HDTV 1125i (Effective scanning lines: 1080) HDTV 1125i (Effective scanning lines: 1035) HDTV 750p (Effective scanning lines: 720) HDTV 1125p (Effective scanning lines: 1080)
60
31.5
(incompatible) (incompatible) (incompatible) (incompatible) (incompatible) (incompatible)
50 60 60 60 60
28.1 33.8 33.8 45.0 67.5
PDP-503CMX
5 6 7 8
97
Classification 2 of Input Signal Mode (PC)

A
SIG Mode 20 2 23 2 31 0 31 1 31 2 32 0 32 1 32 2 34 0 34 1 34 2 35 0 35 1 35 2 36 0 36 1 36 2 40 4 40 1 40 2 41 0 41 1 41 2 44 0 44 1 44 2 45 0 45 1 45 2 46 0 46 1 46 2 55 0 55 1 55 2 61 1 61 2 63 1 63 2 Signal Type 640 400 640 400 640 480 FULL FULL DOT BY DOT 4:3 FULL DOT BY DOT 4:3 FULL DOT BY DOT 4:3 FULL DOT BY DOT 4:3 FULL DOT BY DOT 4:3 FULL DOT BY DOT 4:3 FULL DOT BY DOT 4:3 FULL DOT BY DOT 4:3 FULL DOT BY DOT 4:3 FULL DOT BY DOT 4:3 FULL DOT BY DOT 4:3 FULL DOT BY DOT FULL DOT BY DOT FULL DOT BY DOT FULL DOT BY DOT FULL DOT BY DOT DOT BY DOT DOT BY DOT OSD Display V. Frequency v (Hz) 56 70 60 H. Frequency h (Hz) 24.8 31.5 31.5 Number of Pixels 1280 768 1280 768 640 480 1024 768 1280 768 640 480 1024 768 1280 768 640 480 1024 768 1280 768 640 480 1024 768 1280 768 640 480 1024 768 1280 768 800 600 1024 768 1280 768 800 600 1024 768 1280 768 800 600 1024 768 1280 768 800 600 1024 768 1280 768 800 600 1024 768 1280 768 832 624 1024 768 1280 768 1024 768 1280 768 1024 768 1280 768 1024 768 1280 768 1024 768 1280 768 1024 768 1024 768 1024 768 INPUT5 (DVI input) Compatibility (incompatible) % (compatible informally) ? (compatible)
640 480
66
35.0
% (compatible informally)
640 480
72
37.9
640 480
75
37.5
640 480
85
43.3
800 600
56
35.1
? (compatible)
800 600
60
37.9
? (compatible)
800 600
72
48.1
800 600
75
46.9
% (compatible informally) % (compatible informally)
800 600
85
53.7
832 624 1024 768 1024 768 1024 768 1024 768 1280 768 1280 768 1280 768
75 60 70 75 85 56 60 70
49.7 48.4 56.5 60.0 68.7 45.1 48.1 55.5
% (compatible informally) ? (compatible) % (compatible informally) % (compatible informally) % (compatible informally) ? (compatible) ? (compatible) % (compatible informally)
65 1 65 2 66 1 66 2 70 2 71 2 73 2
98
1 2
PDP-503CMX
3 4
SIG Mode 81 1 81 2 84 1 84 2 85 1 85 2 95 1 95 2 A2 1 A2 2 A5 1 A5 2 B1 1 B1 2 C1 1 C1 2 C1 3 C5 1 C5 2 C6 1 C6 2 D1 1 D1 2 D2 1 D2 2 D3 1 D3 2 D5 1 D5 2 D6 1 D6 2 E1 1 E1 2
Signal Type 1152 864 1152 864
OSD Display 4 : 3 (TYPE) FULL (TYPE) 4 : 3 (TYPE) FULL (TYPE) 4 : 3 (TYPE) FULL (TYPE) 4 : 3 (TYPE) FULL (TYPE) 4 : 3 (TYPE) FULL (TYPE) 4 : 3 (TYPE) FULL (TYPE) 4 : 3 (TYPE) FULL (TYPE) 4 : 3 (TYPE) FULL (TYPE) PARTIAL 4 : 3 (TYPE) FULL (TYPE) 4 : 3 (TYPE) FULL (TYPE) 4 : 3 (TYPE) FULL (TYPE) 4 : 3 (TYPE) FULL (TYPE) 4 : 3 (TYPE) FULL (TYPE) 4 : 3 (TYPE) FULL (TYPE) 4 : 3 (TYPE) FULL (TYPE) DOT BY DOT FULL
V. Frequency v (Hz) 60 72
H. Frequency h (Hz) 53.7 64.9
Number of Pixels 1024 768 1280 768 1024 768 1280 768 1024 768 1280 768 1016 768 1280 768 984 768 1280 768 984 768 1280 768 1024 768 1280 768 960 768 1280 768 1280 768 960 768 1280 768 960 768 1280 768 1024 768 1280 768 1024 768 1280 768 1024 768 1280 768 1024 768 1280 768 1024 768 1280 768 852 480 1280 768
INPUT5 (DVI input) Compatibility ? (compatible) % (compatible)
1152 864
75
67.5
% (compatible)
1152 870 1152 900 1152 900 1280 960
75 66 76 60
68.7 62.0 71.7 60.0
% (compatible) % (compatible) % (compatible) ? (compatible)
1280 1024
60
64.0
? (compatible)
1280 1024 1280 1024 1600 1200 1600 1200 1600 1200 1600 1200 1600 1200 852 480
75 85 60 65 70 75 85 60
80.0 91.1 75.0 81.3 87.5 93.8 106.3 31.7
(incompatible) (incompatible) (incompatible) (incompatible) (incompatible) (incompatible) (incompatible) ? (compatible)
PDP-503CMX
5 6 7 8
99
6.2 ADJUSTMENT REQUIRED WHEN THE SET IS REPAIRED OR REPLACED

A
RGB Assy
When repaired
1. Adjustment is impossible when the Matrix IC or AD/PLL/AMP IC is replaced. 2. Adjustment is unnecessary in other cases.
Y DRIVE Assy
When repaired
Note: If the Pulse Module fails, it is not possible to repair the Y DRIVE Assy by replacing only the Pulse Module. Replace the entire Y DRIVE Assy. 1. VOFS/VH/IC5V voltage adjustment
When replaced
White balance adjustment
When replaced
1. Panel white balance adjustment

When replaced
No adjustment required.
B
X DRIVE Assy
When repaired
Note: If the Pulse Module fails, it is not possible to repair the X DRIVE Assy by replacing only the Pulse Module. Replace the entire X DRIVE Assy. 1. VRN voltage adjustment
DIGITAL VIDEO Assy

When repaired
When replaced
1. Adjustment is unnecessary when only the DIGITAL VIDEO Assy is replaced. 2. When the RGB Assy is replaced at the same time as this assembly, remove the IC1204 (24LC04(1)SN-TBB) from the old PC board of the DIGITAL VIDEO Assy and attach it to the new PC board. 3. If you are reusing the collected old PC board as a service part, attach the new IC1204 to the board.
When replaced
1. Panel white balance adjustment
Video Card (PDA-5002)

For Adjustment, Refer to the service manual ARP3093 for PDA-5002.
When repaired
1. Y LEVEL adjustment 2. Color difference and TINT adjustment
When replaced
DIGITAL VIDEO Assy
D
Y DRIVE Assy
X DRIVE Assy
RGB Assy
Video Card (PDA-5002)

F
Fig. 1 Configuration of the PC Board (rear side view)
100
1 2
PDP-503CMX
3 4
6.3 ADJUSTMENT
6.3.1 MAIN UNIT ADJUSTMENT VOFS/VH/IC5V Voltage Adjustment
Input Signal
A
Adjusting Point
Adjusting Method
VOFS (Offset voltage) adjustment Method 1 1. Make a note of adjustment value of V-OFFSET of REF-DIG mode in Factory mode. 2. Set the VOFS ADJ adjustment value to center (128). 3. Turn the VR2701 so that the voltage between K2710 (VOFS) and K2703 (SUS GND) becomes 45V. 4. Return the VOFS ADJ adjustment value to that you wrote down in Step 1. Method 2 1. Read the adjustment value of V-OFFSET of REF-DIG mode in Factory mode. 2. Turn the VR2701 so that the voltage between K2710 (VOFS) and K2703 (SUS GND) becomes the corresponding value indicated in the table below (tolerance: 0.5V):
Input Command VOF000 VOF006 VOF013 VOF019 VOF026 VOF032 VOF038 VOF045 VOF051 VOF058 VOF064 VOF070 VOF077 VOF083 DAC Output 0.4 0.4984375 0.61328125 0.71171875 0.8265625 0.925 1.0234375 1.13828125 1.23671875 1.3515625 1.45 1.5484375 1.66328125 1.76171875 1.8765625 1.975 2.0734375 2.18828125 2.28671875 2.4015625 2.5 Setting Voltage 25 25.9375 27.03125 27.96875 29.0625 30 30.9375 32.03125 32.96875 34.0625 35 35.9375 37.03125 37.96875 39.0625 40 40.9375 42.03125 42.96875 44.0625 45 Input Command VOF134 VOF141 VOF147 VOF153 VOF160 VOF166 VOF172 VOF179 VOF185 VOF191 VOF198 VOF204 VOF211 VOF217 VOF223 VOF230 VOF236 VOF242 VOF249 VOF255 DAC Output 2.599212598 2.71496063 2.814173228 2.913385827 3.029133858 3.128346457 3.227559055 3.343307087 3.442519685 3.541732283 3.657480315 3.756692913 3.872440945 3.971653543 4.070866142 4.186614173 4.285826772 4.38503937 4.500787402 4.6 Setting Voltage 45.94488 47.04724 47.99213 48.93701 50.03937 50.98425 51.92913 53.0315 53.97638 54.92126 56.02362 56.9685 58.07087 59.01575 59.96063 61.06299 62.00787 62.95276 64.05512 65
VR2701 (VOFS) (Y DRIVE Assy)
White 100%
VOF090 VOF096 VOF102 VOF109 VOF115 VOF122 VOF128
The symptom in case of mis-adjustment If the VOFS Voltage adjustment is not performed properly, blinking luminance points like dots appear. If the voltage is deviated greatly from the proper adjustment point, the panel will light as white. VH (voltage for the scan IC) Adjustment Adjust so that the voltage between K2716 (VH) and K2720 (PSUS) becomes 103V 0.5V. PSUS (=GNDH) is a floating GND and its electric potential is different from that of chassis GND. Be sure not to short-circuit PSUS (=GNDH) and another GND, because that may damage the unit. The symptom in case of mis-adjustment If the VH adjustment is not performed properly, blinking luminance points like dots appear. If the voltage is deviated greatly from the proper adjustment point, the panel will light as white.
VR2703 (VH) (Y DRIVE Assy)
VR2702 (IC5V) (Y DRIVE Assy)
IC5V Adjustment Adjust so that the voltage between K2707 (IC5V) and K2720 (PSUS) becomes 5.0V 0.1V. PSUS (=GNDH) is a floating GND and its electric potential is different from that of chassis GND. Be sure not to short-circuit PSUS (=GNDH) and another GND, because that may damage the unit.
Note : Be sure to measure between specified test points.
PDP-503CMX
5 6 7 8
101
Sustain Pulse Waveform Adjustment

Input Signal
A
Adjusting Point
REF_DIG mode in Factory mode X-SUS-B : key 9 Y-SUS-B : key 11
Adjusting Method
X-SUS-B, Y-SUS-B Adjustment Set to the indicated value with the keys on the remote control unit (9 and 11 keys).
White 100%
VRN Voltage Adjustment

Input Signal
Adjusting Point
Adjusting Method
White 100%
B
VR3701 (VRN) (X DRIVE Assy)
VRN (minus reset voltage adjustment) Adjust so that the voltage between K3707 (VRN) and K3702 (SUS-GND) becomes -300V 1.0V.
Panel-White-Balance Adjustment
Input Signal
Adjusting Point
Adjusting Method
Adjust the OFFSET-DIGITAL parameters (from PANEL R-HIGH to PANEL B-LOW) in Factory mode. For adjustment, use the mask (MASK04) signal of Factory mode for display.
Reference : Adjustment values when using the Minolta color-difference meter (A-100) MASK Left Side x y 295 306 MASK Right Side 291 300
Mask-Level Adjustment
Input Signal
D
Adjusting Point
VIDEO OPTION mode in Factory mode SIDE MASK LEV. R SIDE LEVEL : key 1 G SIDE LEVEL : key 2 B SIDE LEVEL : key 3
Adjusting Method
Side mask color / Level Adjustment Set the indicated value with the keys on the remote control unit (1, 2 and 3 keys).
102
1 2
PDP-503CMX
3 4
White-Balance Adjustment
A Video Card (PDA-5002 or equivalent) is necessary for white balance adjustment for video signal of the RGB Assy. Adjust with video system signal (525i) and RGB (PC VGA) signal. Adjust so that the level and amplitude of the RED and BLUE signals become the same, referring to the GREEN signal. Input Signal Step Adjusting Method
1 Connect a Video Card to the RGB Assy through a jig cable to measure the RGB Assy. (See "Diagnosis of the Video Card (PDA-5002)" of 7.1.4 DISASSEMBLY.) The signal level cannot be measured without a jig cable. Note: Be careful of the direction of the jig cable connector when connecting. Input a 525i component signal to INPUT 1 and INPUT 2. Use a signal consisting of the luminance signal only, such as a ramp signal or STEP signal, whose black level (0IRE) and gradation can be checked. Note: You can use a Y (luminance) signal of the standard NTSC component video signal. In the signal input function (INPUT1 or INPUT2), set the display mode of the VIDEO signal to COMPONENT. MENU SETUP VIDEO SIGNAL : COMPONENT Set the unit to Standby mode then to Factory mode. MENU SET POWER ON Turn the ACL SW setting to OFF. INITIALIZE mode ACL SW : "3" key Select OFF with the right and left keys. Decrease the MAT CONT adjustment value of OFFSET-RGB1 by 3. OFFSET mode: Select RGB 1 mode with the top and bottom keys. MAT CONT : "1" key Decrease the adjustment value by 3 with the right and left keys. Decrease the MAT BRIGHT adjustment value of OFFSET-RGB1 by 2. OFFSET mode: Select RGB 1 mode with the top and bottom keys. MAT BRIGHT : "2" key Decrease the adjustment value by 2 with the right and left keys. Take a trigger of the oscilloscope with HD_PLL (3.3Vp-p) of K4805. Measure the signal waveform of the Green signal at K4603, and measure the black level (0IRE) and amplitude. AD R LOW adjustment Measure the black level (0IRE) of the Red signal at K4602, and adjust the level of AD R LOW so that its black level (0IRE) becomes the same as that of the Green signal measured in step 9. Tolerance: 0.05V OFFSET mode: Select RGB 1 mode with the top and bottom keys. AD R LOW : "9" key Adjust with the right and left keys. AD R HIGH adjustment Measure the signal amplitude of the Red signal at K4602, and adjust the level of AD R HIGH so that its signal amplitude becomes the same as that of the Green signal measured in step 9. Tolerance: 0.05V OFFSET mode: Select RGB 1 mode with the top and bottom keys. AD R HIGH : "6" key Adjust with the right and left keys. AD B LOW adjustment Measure the black level (0IRE) of the Blue signal at K4604, and adjust the level of AD B LOW so that its black level (0IRE) becomes the same as that of the Green signal measured in step 9. Tolerance: 0.05V OFFSET mode: Select RGB 1 mode with the top and bottom keys. AD B LOW : "11" key Adjust with the right and left keys. AD B HIGH adjustment Measure the signal amplitude of the Blue signal at K4604, and adjust the level of AD B HIGH so that its signal amplitude becomes the same as that of the Green signal measured in step 9. Tolerance: 0.05V OFFSET mode: Select RGB 1 mode with the top and bottom keys. AD B HIGH : "8" key Adjust with the right and left keys.
B A
3 4
Video signal
8 9
10
11
12
13
PDP-503CMX
5 6 7 8
103
Input Signal Step

A
Adjusting Method
Adjust the black level of the Red and Blue signals referring to that of the Green signal Adjust the signal amplitude of the Red and Blue signals referring to that of the Green signal
Green signal waveform
Red or Blue signal waveform
Signal amplitude of the Green signal
B
Black level of the Green signal
Video signal
Black level of the Red or Blue signal
14
15
Increase the MAT CONT adjustment value of OFFSET-RGB1 by 3. OFFSET mode: Select RGB 1 mode with the top and bottom keys. MAT CONT : "1" key Increase the adjustment value by 3 with the right and left keys. Increase the MAT BRIGHT adjustment value of OFFSET-RGB1 by 2. OFFSET mode: Select RGB 1 mode with the top and bottom keys. MAT BRIGHT : "2" key Increase the adjustment value by 2 with the right and left keys. Turn the ACL SW setting to ON. INITIALIZE mode ACL SW : "3" key Select ON with the right and left keys. Input a RGB (PC) signal to the INPUT1 or INPUT2. Use a signal consisting of the luminance signal only, such as a ramp signal or STEP signal, whose black level (0IRE) and gradation can be checked. Recommended signal: VESA VGA@60Hz Set the unit to Standby mode then to Factory mode. MENU SET POWER ON Take a trigger of the oscilloscope with HD_PLL (3.3Vp-p) of K4805. Measure the signal waveform of the Green signal at K4603, and measure the black level (0IRE) and amplitude. AD R LOW adjustment Measure the black level (0IRE) of the Red signal at K4602, and adjust the level of AD R LOW so that its black level (0IRE) becomes the same as that of the Green signal measured in step 9. Tolerance: 0.05V OFFSET mode: Select RGB 1 mode with the top and bottom keys. AD R LOW : "9" key Adjust with the right and left keys. AD R HIGH adjustment Measure the signal amplitude of the Red signal at K4602, and adjust the level of AD R HIGH so that its signal amplitude becomes the same as that of the Green signal measured in step 9. Tolerance: 0.05V OFFSET mode: Select RGB 1 mode with the top and bottom keys. AD R HIGH : "6" key Adjust with the right and left keys.
16
2 3 4 RGB (PC) signal 5
104
1 2
PDP-503CMX
3 4
Input Signal Step
Adjusting Method
AD B LOW adjustment Measure the black level (0IRE) of the Blue signal at K4604, and adjust the level of AD B LOW so that its black level (0IRE) become the same as that of the Green signal measured in step 9. Tolerance: 0.05V OFFSET mode: Select RGB 1 mode with the top and bottom keys. AD B LOW : "11" key Adjust with the right and left keys. AD B HIGH adjustment Measure the signal amplitude of the Blue signal at K4604, and adjust the level of AD B HIGH so that its signal amplitude become the same as that of the Green signal measured in step 9. Tolerance: 0.05V OFFSET mode: Select RGB 1 mode with the top and bottom keys. AD R LOW : "8" key Adjust with the right and left keys. Adjust the black level of the Red and Blue signals referring to that of the Green signal
RGB (PC) signal
Adjust the signal amplitude of the Red and Blue signals referring to that of the Green signal
Signal amplitude of the Green signal
Black level of the Green signal Black level of the Red or Blue signal
Color-Balance Adjustment
Input Signal
Adjusting Point
Adjusting Method
Flesh color
REFERENCE1 mode Color-Balance Adjustment in Factory mode After adjusting the white balance, check the flesh color of figures in LD still pictures. If the COLOR : "3" key color is not natural, adjust it with the keys on the remote control unit. TINT : "4" key Reference: Adjustment values when using the Minolta color-difference meter NTSC x 20% window-step signal (-3dB) White Balance 80% window-step signal (-3dB) Flesh Color Window chroma signal y Y x y Y x y 298 307 6.6 293 309 135 430 365 HD 299 315 5.7 292 312 148 427 362 PC 302 308 2.9 297 319 66.2
E
PDP-503CMX
5 6 7 8
105
K2716 (VH) K2215 K2217 (SUS_B) (SUS_U) K2214 (SUS_G) K2216 (SUS_D)
K2720 (PSUS) K2717 (VH CONT)
K2218 (1/2 VSUS)
K2227 (SUS_D) K3105 (SUSOUTA) K2715 (YDC_DC_PD) K2718 (VH UVP) VR2703 (VH_ADJ) K2212 (SUSOUTB) K3108 (SUS_D) K2719 (VH OVP) VR3202 (SUS-D)
K2226 (SUS_U)
K2222
K2703 (SUSGND) K2702 (VSUS)
K2708 (VOFS) K2705 (SUSGND)
VR2701 K2710 (VOFS) K2211
K2709
K2712 (VOFSUVP)
K2050 K2048 K2046
K2221 K2045 (+15V) K2049 K2047 K2044 K2043 (DGND) K2008 (DGND)
K2011 K2010 K2013 K2009 K2005 K2003 K2002 K2001 K2004 K2205
K2021 (YPR_U2) K2012 (PN MUTE) K2053 (SOFT_D) K2041 (OFS) K2039 (YSUS_MSK) K2037 (YSUS_G) K2028 (YSUS_U) VR2204 (SUS_U_ADJ) VR2203 (SUS_D_ADJ)
K2040 K2038 (YCP_MSK) (YPR_U1) K2007 K2029 (DGND) (YSUS_D) K2006 K2024 (+5V) K2027 (DGND) (YSUS_B) K2101 (DEW_DET)
VR2202 (SUS_B_ADJ) K2225 (SUS_D) VR2201 (SUS_G_ADJ) K2707 (IC5V)
K2203 (SUSOUTA) VR3701 (VRN. ADJ) K3705 VRN UVP)
K2701 (VF+)
K2706 (+14V) K2711 (-8V)
K2713 VR2702 (IC5V_ADJ) (IC5V UVP) K3214 (SUSGND) K3213 (1/2VSUS)
K2224 (SUS_U) K3205 (SUS_D)
K2704 (VF-)
K2714 (GNDHS)
106
Y DRIVE Assy
1 1
2 2
Adjusting Points
PDP-503CMX
X DRIVE Assy
K3106 (SUSOUT_B)
K3102 (XNR_PD)
3 3
K3200 (SUS_U) K3204 (SUS_U) K3203 (1/2VSUS) K3201 (SUSGND) K3014 (XNR-D1) K3012 (XSUS-D) K3707 (VRN) VR3203 (SUS-U) K3008 (PN_MUTE) K3029 VR3200 (SUS-G) K3702 (SUS. GND) K3030
K3021 K3007 K3010 (XNR-U) K3022 K3025 K3015 K3017 (XSUS-MSK) (XCP-MSK)
K3003 K3001 (XSUS-B) (+5V)
K3103 (VCP_PD)
VR3201 (SUS-B)
K3104 (+5V)
K3701 (VSUS)
K3704 (VRN. CNT)
K3018 (XNR-D2) K3013 (XSUS-G) K3004 (XSUS-U)
K3009 K3006 K3011
4 4
K3706 (X DC-DC PD) K3703 (SUS. GND) K3708 (VRN_OVP)
6.4 COMMAND
6.4.1 RS-232C COMMANDS (for adjustment)
Command
A B ABL BRT BHI BLW BSL BHA BLA C CNT COL CDR CDB CTI CPH CFR D DW0 DWn DWF G GHI GLW GSL GHA GLA L LRY LBY M MCT MBR MCL MTI MCA P PBH PBL PGH PGL PRH PRL R RHI RLW RSL RHA RLA S SV1 SV2 SV3 SV4 SV5 SHP SHV T U TNT UP0 UPn UPF V VOF VOL VSU VPS VSI X XSB XSG Y YSB YSG YDL YOL ABL BRIGHT B HIGH B LOW B SIDE MASK LEVEL AD B HIGH AD B LOW CONTRAST COLOR CDR OFFSET CDB OFFSET CD TINT CLOCK PHASE CLOCK FREQUENCY DOWN 10 DOWN n DOWN FULL G HIGH G LOW G SIDE MASK LEVEL AD G HIGH AD G LOW R-Y LEVEL B-Y LEVEL MAT CONTRAST MAT BRIGHT MAT COLOR MAT TINT AD MAIN CONTRAST PANEL BLUE HIGH PANEL BLUE LOW PANEL GREEN HIGH PANEL GREEN LOW PANEL RED HIGH PANEL RED LOW R HIGH R LOW R SIDE MASK LEVEL AD R HIGH AD R LOW SUB VOLUME INPUT1 SUB VOLUME INPUT2 SUB VOLUME INPUT3 SUB VOLUME INPUT4 SUB VOLUME INPUT5 H.SHARP V.SHARP TINT UP10 UPn UP FULL VOFFSET ADJUST VOLUME VSUS ADJUST VERTICAL POSITION VERTICAL SIZE XSUS B XSUS G YSUS B YSUS G Y-DELAY Y-OUT LEVEL
Name
ABL level adjustment Brightness adjustment B HIGH adjustment B LOW adjustment
Function
RS-232C Factory
O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O
RS-232C Integrator
O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O
Normal Validity
O O O O O O O
Direct Validity
O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O
UP/DOWN Validity
O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O
B SIDE MASK LEVEL adjustment AD B HIGH adjustment AD B LOW adjustment Contrast adjustment Color adjustment CDR OFFSET adjustment CDB OFFSET adjustment Chroma decode TINT adjustment PLL phase adjustment PLL frequency adjustment To decrease the adjustment value by 10 To decrease the adjustment value by n (n = 1, 2,8, 9) To decrease the adjustment value to the minimum G HIGH adjustment G LOW adjustment G SIDE MASK LEVEL adjustment AD G HIGH adjustment AD G LOW adjustment R-Y level adjustment B-Y level adjustment MAT CONTRAST adjustment MAT BRIGHT adjustment MAT COLOR adjustment MAT TINT adjustment AD MAIN CONTRAST adjustment BLUE HIGH-LIGHT adjustment BLUE LOW-LIGHT adjustment GREEN HIGH-LIGHT adjsutment GREEN LOW-LIGHT adjustment RED HIGH-LIGHT adjustment RED LOW-LIGHT adjustment R HIGH adjustment R LOW adjustment R SIDE MASK LEVEL adjustment AD R HIGH adjustment AD R LOW adjustment To adjust the sub-volume of INPUT1 To adjust the sub-volume of INPUT2 To adjust the sub-volume of INPUT3 To adjust the sub-volume of INPUT4 To adjust the sub-volume of INPUT5 H.SHARP/H.ENHANCE adjustment V.SHARP/V.ENHANCE adjustment TINT adjustment To increase the adjustment value by 10 To increase the adjustment value by n (n = 1,28,9) To increase the adjustment value to the maximum Vofs adjustment Audio volume adjustment Vsus adjustment Vertical position adjustment Vertical size adjustment X-SUS-B pulse adjustment X-SUS-G pulse adjustment Y-SUS-B pulse adjustment Y-SUS-G pulse adjustment Y-DELAY adjustment Y-OUT LEVEL adjustment
PDP-503CMX
5 6 7 8
107
6.4.2 RS-232C COMMANDS (for setting)

Command Name
ADJUST NO ADJUST YES AUDIO MUTE NO AUDIO MUTE YES ABL MODE0 ABL MODE1 ABL MODE2 ABL MODE3 VIDEO RGB YES BAUD RATE1 BAUD RATE2 BAUD RATE3 BAUD RATE4 BAUD RATE5 BAUD RATE6 COLOR MODE 1 COLOR MODE 2
Function
To exit from the RS-232C Integrator mode To enter the RS-232C Integrator mode To turn the audio mute to OFF To turn the audio mute to ON To set the ABL setting to MODE0 (REFERENCE) To set the ABL setting to MODE1 (PC) To set the ABL setting to MODE2 (VIDEO60Hz) To set the ABL setting to MODE3 (VIDEO50Hz) To set the signal format to VIDEO RGB To set the RS-232C baud rate to 1200BPS To set the RS-232C baud rate to 2400BPS To set the RS-232C baud rate to 4800BPS To set the RS-232C baud rate to 9600BPS To set the RS-232C baud rate to 19200BPS To set the RS-232C baud rate to 38400BPS To set to COLOR MODE 1 To set to COLOR MODE 2
RS-232C Factory
O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O
RS-232C Integrator
O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O
Normal Validity
O O O O O O O O
Direct Validity

UP/DOWN Validity

A AJN AJY AMN AMY AB0 AB1 AB2 AB3 B BBY BR1 BR2 BR3
BR4 BR5 BR6 C CM1 CM2 CP1 CP2 CDE CDM CDA CT1 CT2
VIDEO COMPONENT1 YES To set the signal format to VIDEO COMPONENT1 VIDEO COMPONENT2 YES To set the signal format to VIDEO COMPONENT2 COLOR DETECT EURO COLOR DETECT ALL COLOR DETECT SA COLOR TEMP.1 COLOR TEMP.2 COLOR TEMP.3 COLOR TEMP.4 COLOR TEMP.5 CLAMP MODE1 CLAMP MODE2 OSD DISPLAY NO OSD DISPLAY YES DISPLAY OFF DRIVE ON DRIVE OFF INPUT SIGNAL DISPLAY DISPLAY2 EEPROM WRITE YES EEPROM WRITE NO FACTORY ADJUST NO FACTORY ADJUST YES FINAL SET UP FRESH POSITION FAN CONTROL AUTO FAN CONTROL MAX FULL MASK YES FULL MASK RED FULL MASK GREN FULL MASK BLUE FULL MASK NO FIX OUTPUT FREE RUN 50Hz FREE RUN 60Hz FREE RUN 70Hz GET ADJUST GET PANEL W/B GET STATUS 1 GET STATUS 2 GET POSITION DATA GET STATUS OPTION GET STATUS SET UP GET ADJUST SLOT GET ADJUST RGB To set the color detect to EURO To set the color detect to ALL To set the color detect to SA To set the color temperature to -3000K or equivalent To set the color temperature to -2000K or equivalent To set the color temperature to 0K or equivalent To set the color temperature to +1000K or equivalent To set the color temperature to +2000K or equivalent To set the clamp position to AUTO To set the clamp position to fix To prohibit OSD display To permit OSD display To turn the OSD display to OFF To turn the drive to ON To turn the drive to OFF To display current input signal information To display current various information To enter Plug & Play EEPROM writing mode To exit from Plug & Play EEPROM writing mode To exit from Factory adjustment mode To enter Factory adjustment mode To reset various settings to the factory-preset values To initialize SCREEN value of integrator To set the fan roll control to AUTO To set the fan roll control to MAX To set to FULL MASK (white) To set to FULL MASK (red) To set to FULL MASK (green) To set to FULL MASK (blue) To release the FULL MASK To fix the audio output To set the free-running to 50Hz in the MASK setting To set the free-running to 60Hz in the MASK setting To set the free-running to 70Hz in the MASK setting To obtain various adjustment values of the display from EEPROM To obtain the panel W/B information from EEPROM To obtain the version information of microcomputer from To obtain the PD information and temperature information from EEPROM TxD outputs of the positioning data TxD outputs of data on various OPTION settings TxD outputs of data on various SETUP settings TxD outputs of data of picture quality setting of SLOT TxD outputs of data of picture quality adjustment (RGB 1)
CT3 CT4 CT5 CL1 CL2 D DIN DIY DOF DRN DRF DSP DS2 E EWY EWN F FAN FAY FST FRP FCA FCM FMY FMR FMG FMB FMN
It is valid in the RS-232C factory and STB O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O
FXO F50 F60 F70 G GAJ GPW GS1 GS2 GPS GSO GSS GAS
GAR
108
1 2
PDP-503CMX
3 4
Command
G GWB GPD H HCN HCY HMS HMD H80 H35 I IN1 IN2 IN3 IN4 IN5 IMN IMY IDC IDS K KLN KLY M M00 M01 M02 M03 M04 M05 M06 M07 M08 M09 M10 M11 M12 M13 M14 M51 M52 M53 M54 M55 M56 M57 M58 M59 M60 M61 M62 M63 M64 M65 M66 MG1 MG2 MG3 MG4 MGY MGN MMN MMX MMY MMZ MTN MTY
Name
GET WHITE BALANCE GET POWER DOWN HIGH CONTRAST NO HIGH CONTRAST YES HOUR METER SET HOUR METER DISP. HDTV MODE 1080 i HDTV MODE 1035 i INPUT1 INPUT2 INPUT3 INPUT4 INPUT5 INTEGRATOR MODE NO INTEGRATOR MODE YES ID CLEAR ID SET KEY LOCK NO KEY LOCK YES MASK 00 MASK 01 MASK 02 MASK 03 MASK 04 MASK 05 MASK 06 MASK 07 MASK 08 MASK 09 MASK 10 MASK 11 MASK 12 MASK 13 MASK 14 MASK 51 MASK 52 MASK 53 MASK 54 MASK 55 MASK 56 MASK 57 MASK 58 MASK 59 MASK 60 MASK 61 MASK 62 MASK 63 MASK 64 MASK 65 MASK 66 2X2MODE LEFT UPPER 2X2MODE LEFT LOWER 2X2MODE RIGHT UPPER 2X2MODE RIGHT LOWER 2X2MODE YES 2X2MODE NO MIRROR MODE NO MIRROR MODE X MIRROR MODE Y MIRROR MODE XY VIDEO MUTE NO VIDEO MUTE YES
Function
TxD outputs of data of picture quality setting of RGB1 TxD outputs of POWER DOWN information To turn the high contrast setting to OFF To turn the high contrast setting to ON To set the hour meter to optional time To display the hour meter To set the HDTV mode to 1080 i To set the HDTV mode to 1035 i To select INPUT1 To select INPUT2 To select INPUT3 To select INPUT4 To select INPUT5 To set the Integrator mode to LOCK To set the Integrator mode to UNLOCK To clear the ID To set the ID To permit main unit key / remote control unit operation To prohibit main unit key / remote control unit operation Mask mode OFF Pattern 1 (ramp) Pattern 2 (color bars) Pattern 3 (slanting lines) Pattern 4 (for W/B measurement) Pattern 5 (for W/B adjustment) Pattern 6 (for W/B peak measurement) Pattern 7 (for peak measurement) Pattern 8 (reservation) Pattern 9 (for SCAN IC protection test) Pattern 10 (for SCAN IC protection test) Pattern 11 (reservation) Pattern 12 (reservation) Pattern 13 (reservation) Pattern 14 (reservation) Full mask (white) Full mask (cyan 274) Full mask (mazenta 135) Full mask (flesh color) Full mask (cyan 1023) Full mask (light purple 5) Full mask (sky blue) Full mask (red) Full mask (green) Full mask (blue) Full mask (black) Full mask (reservation) Full mask (reservation) Full mask (reservation) Full mask (reservation) Full mask (reservation) Four enlarged setting: Upper left Four enlarged setting: Lower left Four enlarged setting: Upper right Four enlarged setting: Lower right To turn the four sides multi to ON To turn the four sides multi to OFF To turn the mirror mode to OFF (normal display) Right and left reversing display Top and bottom reversing display Top/bottom and right/left reversing display To turn the video mute of IC30 to OFF To turn the video mute of IC30 to ON
RS-232C Factory
O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O
RS-232C Integrator
O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O
Normal Validity
O O O O O O O O O O O O O O
Direct Validity
O O
UP/DOWN Validity

PDP-503CMX
5 6 7 8
109
Command
Name
MASK CONTROL YES MASK CONTROL NO NEGATIVE MODE YES NEGATIVE MODE NO COLOR SYSTEM NTSC COLOR SYSTEM 4.43NTSC DIGITAL NR OFF DIGITAL NR LOW DIGITAL NR MIDDLE DIGITAL NR HIGH OFFSET YES
Function
To permit automatic mask display position setting To release automatic mask display position setting To turn the inverse mode (negative positive inverting) to ON To turn the inverse mode (negative positive inverting) to OFF To set the COLOR SYSTEM setting to NTSC To set the COLOR SYSTEM setting to 4.43NTSC To set the DIGITAL NR setting to OFF To set the DIGITAL NR setting to LOW To set the DIGITAL NR setting to MIDDLE To set the DIGITAL NR setting to HIGH To set the OFFSET adjustment mode to ON
RS-232C Factory
O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O
RS-232C Integrator
O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O
Normal Validity
O O O O O O O O O O O
Direct Validity
O
UP/DOWN Validity

MCY MCN
NMY NMN NTS NT4 NRN NRL NRM NRH
OFY OCY
FIELD OFFSET CHANGE YES To set the field AB offset to ON FIELD OFFSET CHANGE NO ORBITER MODE YES ORBITER MODE NO ACL SW OFF COLOR SYSTEM PAL ACL SW ON PC AUTO PC RGB YES PC WIDE YES BRIGHT ENHANCE OFF BRIGHT ENHANCE ON PULSE METER SET PULSE METER DISP COLOR SYSTEM PAL-M COLOR SYSTEM PAL-N POWER ON POWER OFF PANEL COLOR TEMP0 PANEL COLOR TEMP1 PANEL COLOR TEMP2 AUTO POWER OFF OFF POWER MANAGEMENT AUTO POWER OFF ON POWER MANAGEMENT ON PURECINEMA OFF PURECINEMA STANDARD PURECINEMA HQ POWER CONTROL STANDARD CONTROL MODE1 POWER CONTROL MODE2 PICTURE DEFAULT REFERENCE YES COLOR SYSTEM SECAM STANDARD W/B SCREEN MODE 0 SCREEN MODE 1 SCREEN MODE 2 SCREEN MODE 3 SCREEN MODE 5 STILL YES STILL NO COLOR SYSTEM AUTO VIDEO FULL DISPLAY YES VIDEO FULL DISPLAY NO VARIABLE OUTPUT 3S Y/C MOTION 3D Y/C STILL To set the field AB offset to OFF To set the orbiter mode to ON To set the orbiter mode to OFF To set the ACL SW to OFF To set the COLOR SYSTEM setting to PAL To set the ACL SW to ON To set the INPUT setting to PC AUTO (auto) To set the INPUT setting to PC: RGB (VGA or XGA) To set the INPUT setting to PC: RGB (WVGA or WXGA) To set the center brightness correction function to OFF To set the center brightness correction function to ON To set the pulse meter To display the pulse meter To set the COLOR SYSTEM setting to PAL-M To set the COLOR SYSTEM setting to PAL-N Power ON Power OFF Panel color temperature 0 (REFERENCE value) Panel color temperature 1 Panel color temperature 2 To set the AUTO POWER OFF / POWER MANAGEMENT setting to OFF To set the AUTO POWER OFF setting to ON To set the POWER MANAGEMENT setting to ON To set the PURECINEMA to OFF To set the PURECINEMA to STANDARD To set the PURECINEMA to HQ (HIGH QUALITY) To set the power control to OFF (STANDARD mode) To set the power control to MODE1 (Power-saving mode) To set the power control to MODE2 (Longevity life mode) To execute PICTURE DEFAULT To enter reference adjustment mode To set the COLOR SYSTEM setting to SECAM To reset the PIC and W/B of integrator to factory default values To set the screen size to DOT BY DOT To set the screen size to 4:3 To set the screen size to FULL To set the screen size to ZOOM To set the screen size to WIDE To set the STILL setting to ON To set the STILL setting to OFF To set the COLOR SYSTEM setting to AUTO To start 100% display To finish 100% display To set the audio output to variable To set the 3D Y/C setting to MOTION To set the 3D Y/C setting to STILL
OCN OMY OMN P PAF PAL PAN PCA PCY PWY PLN PLY PMS
PMD PMY PNY PON POF PT0 PT1 PT2 PSN PS1 PS2 PUN
PUS PUH PWN PWL PWS PDF R S RFY SCM STD SM0 SM1 SM2
SM3 SM5 SLY SLN T V TVA VFY VFN VRO Y YCM YCS
110
1 2
PDP-503CMX
3 4
6.4.3 GET COMMAND Command Description

Command
GAJ GPW GS1 GS2 GAS GAR GPD GPS GSD GWB GSS GSO
Function
Outputting data for electronic-control-adjustment values and drive-system-adjustment values Outputting data related to the white-balance adjustment for the panel Outputting data such as version information, and data from the hour meter and pulse meter Outputting data for power down, temperature and condensation information Outputting data related to the picture quality setting of SLOT Outputting data related to the picture quality (RGB1 of the Factory menu) Outputting data on PD information of Service Factory menu (past eight times) Outputting data related to SCREEN adjustment data Outputting TxD data on SD information of Service Factory menu Outputting data related to picture quality / white balance Outputting data on SETUP items of menu mode / Integrator menu Outputting data on OPTION items of menu mode / Integrator menu
GAJ: Outputting data for electronic-control-adjustment values and drive-system-adjustment values

Data are output according to the transmission order and size of the table below. This command is invalid in modes other than RS-232C Factory Adjustment mode.
Order
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Data Contents
Setting mode of electric power upper limit value Electric power upper limit value (Offset data) (ABL) Vsus adjustment value (Reference data) Vofs adjustment value V-SUS-B adjustment value V-SUS-G adjustment value Y-SUS-B adjustment value Y-SUS-G adjustment value (Reference data) (Reference data) (Reference data) (Reference data) (Reference data) (Reference data)
Size
3 byte 3 byte 3 byte 3 byte 3 byte 3 byte 3 byte 3 byte 3 byte (Note 1)
Remarks
AB* ( *: 0 to 3)
C
(Note 1) : If data are output when the Reference mode is selected, the same data as the reference data are output as the offset data.
D
GPW (Get Panel White balance): Outputting data related to the white-balance adjustment for the panel
Data are output according to the transmission order and size of the table below. This command is invalid in modes other than the RS-232C Factory Adjustment mode.
Order
1 2
Data Contents
Panel color temperature mode
Size
3 byte
Remarks
PT* ( *: 0 to 3)
(Reference data) 3 byte Gain of W/B adjustment value (Offset data) 3 byte (Note 1) Red 4 (Reference data) 3 byte Gain of W/B adjustment value 5 (Offset data) 3 byte (Note 1) Green 6 (Reference data) 3 byte Gain of W/B adjustment value 7 (Offset data) 3 byte (Note 1) Blue 8 (Reference data) 3 byte Offset of W/B adjustment value 9 (Offset data) 3 byte (Note 1) Red 10 (Reference data) 3 byte Offset of W/B adjustment value 11 (Offset data) 3 byte (Note 1) Green 12 (Reference data) 3 byte Offset of W/B adjustment value 13 (Offset data) 3 byte (Note 1) Blue (Note 1) : If data are output when the Reference mode is selected, the same data as the reference data are output as the offset data. 3
PDP-503CMX
5 6 7 8
111
GS1: Outputting data such as version information, and data from the hour meter and pulse meter
Data are output according to the transmission order and size of the table below. This command is invalid in modes other than RS-232C Factory Adjustment mode.
A
Order
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Data Contents
Display information Module microcomputer model number Module microcomputer version Panel microcomputer version Panel /FLASH ROM version Hour meter (hour) Pulse meter Main microcomputer model number Main microcomputer version Wide microcomputer version Wide /FLASH ROM version
Size
3 byte 4 byte 3 byte 3 byte 3 byte 5 byte 7 byte 4 byte 3 byte 3 byte 3 byte Unit: H (hour) See below 5691 or F691
Remarks
Unit: 0.01G (10,000,000) 5692 or F692
9 10 11
Display Information
Data
MX5 MX4 MD5
C
Model
PDP-503MX (initial value) PDP-433MX Module 50 inches Module 43 inches PDP-503HD PDP-433HD
MD4 HD5 HD4
GS2: Outputting data for power down, temperature and condensation information
Data are output according to the transmission order and size in the table below. This command is valid only in the following cases: in RS-232C Factory adjustment mode, during power-down or shutdown, and for 30 seconds until a shutdown occurs because of condensation formed inside the unit or audio failure. Note: During power-down, when a failure occurs, or for 30 seconds until a shutdown occurs, data can be obtained by directly executing "GS2" without executing "FAY." However, the ID must be set beforehand.
D
Order
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 AC information
Data Contents
Size
1 byte 1 byte 7 byte 2 byte 3 byte 1 byte 1 byte 1 byte 1 byte 3 byte 3 byte 1 byte 1 byte 1 byte 1 byte 1 byte 1 byte Always 0 (not used)
Remarks
0: DIGITAL ASSY adjustment done 1: DIGITAL ASSY not adjusted (Service Assy) *****H**M 1st/2nd () 8 bit 1: Condensation 1: Communication failure 1: Communication failure 1: Communication failure 8 bit 8 bit 1: Communication failure 1: Communication failure 1: Communication failure 1: Communication failure 1: AUDIO failure 1: FAN failure
Service parts distinction Hour meter (hour, minute) Power-down information Temperature information Condensation information Panel microcomputer communication DIGITAL EEPROM communication DIGITAL EXPANDER communication Temperature information (TEMP2) Temperature information (TEMP3) Module microcomputer communication Wide microcomputer communication MAIN IIC MAIN EEPROM IIC AUDIO failure FAN failure
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
112
1 2
PDP-503CMX
3 4
() See the table below on contents of PD information.
Data
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 None Y-DRIVE
Power-Down Point
A
Y-DC/DC CONVERTER X-DC/DC CONVERTER X-DRIVE Power supply ADDRESS junction ADDRESS resonance DC/DC CONVERTER (DIGITAL)
B
GAS (Get Adjust Slot): Outputting data related to the picture quality setting
Data are output according to the transmission order and size in the table below. Data for the SLOT section of the Factory menu are output. This command is invalid when the current input function is one other than VIDEO input of the SLOT system. This command is invalid when no SLOT is connected or when a SLOT from another vendor is connected. This command is invalid in modes other than RS-232C Factory Adjustment mode.
Order
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 Y-DELAY
Data Contents
(Reference data) (Offset data) (Reference data) (Offset data) (Reference data) (Offset data) (Reference data) (Offset data) (Reference data) (Offset data) (Reference data) (Offset data) (Reference data) (Offset data)
Size
3 byte 3 byte 3 byte 3 byte 3 byte 3 byte 3 byte 3 byte 3 byte 3 byte 3 byte 3 byte 3 byte 3 byte (Note 1) (Note 1) (Note 1) (Note 1) (Note 1) (Note 1) (Note 1)
Remarks
C
Y-OUT LEVEL
CD TINT
CDR OFFSET
CDB OFFSET
R-Y LEVEL
B-Y LEVEL
(Note 1) : If data are output when Reference mode is selected, the same data as the reference data are output as the offset data.
PDP-503CMX
5 6 7 8
113
GAR: Output data related to the picture quality (RGB1 of the Factory menu)
Data are output according to the transmission order and size in the table below. This command is invalid in modes other than RS-232C Factory Adjustment mode.
A
Order
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 AD MAIN CONT
Data Contents
(Reference data) (Offset data) (Reference data) (Offset data) (Reference data) (Offset data) (Reference data) (Offset data) (Reference data) (Offset data) (Reference data) (Offset data) (Reference data) (Offset data) (Reference data) (Offset data) (Reference data) (Offset data) (Reference data) (Offset data) (Reference data) (Offset data)
Size
3 byte 3 byte 3 byte 3 byte 3 byte 3 byte 3 byte 3 byte 3 byte 3 byte 3 byte 3 byte 3 byte 3 byte 3 byte 3 byte 3 byte 3 byte 3 byte 3 byte 3 byte 3 byte (Note 1)
Remarks
(Note 1) (Note 2) (Note 1) (Note 1) (Note 2) (Note 1) (Note 1) (Note 2) (Note 1) (Note 1) (Note 2) (Note 1) (Note 1) (Note 2) (Note 1) (Note 1) (Note 2) (Note 1) (Note 1) (Note 2) (Note 1) (Note 1) (Note 2) (Note 1) (Note 1) (Note 2) (Note 1) (Note 1) (Note 2) (Note 1) (Note 1) (Note 2)
AD R HIGH
AD G HIGH
AD B HIGH
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
AD R LOW
AD G LOW
AD B LOW
MAT CONT
18 19 20 21 22
MAT BRIGHT
MAT COLOR
MAT TINT
(Note 1) As for the setting data not related to the current input function/input signal/setting, dummy data are output. (Note 2) If data are output when the Reference mode is selected, the same data as the reference data are output as the offset data.
GPS: Output data related to SCREEN adjustment data

Data are output according to the transmission order and size in the table below. All data are data of an Integrator area. This command is valid only in Normal Operation mode and RS-232C Integrator Adjustment mode.
Order
1 2 3 4 5
E
Data Contents
H.POSITION V.POSITION CLOCK PHASE V.SIZE
Size
3 byte 3 byte 3 byte 3 byte 3 byte (Note 1) (Note 1)
Remarks
(Note 1) When the current input signal mode is VIDEO or INPUT 5(DVI), dummy data(*) are output as adjustment data.
114
1 2
PDP-503CMX
3 4
GPD (Get Power Down), PD (Power Down) : Outputting data on PD INFORMATION of the Service
Factory MENU
A
The acquired data are output according to the transmission order and size in the table below. This command is valid only in RS-232C Factory Adjustment mode and during power-down. Note: During power-down, data can be obtained by directly executing "GPD" without executing "FAY." However, the ID must be set beforehand.
Order
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
Data Contents
The latest "1stPD INFO" The latest "2ndPD INFO" Hour meter information of the latest PD Second latest "1st PD INFO" Second latest "2nd PD INFO" Hour meter information of the second latest PD Third latest "1st PD INFO" Third latest "2nd PD INFO" Hour meter information of the third latest PD Fourth latest "1st PD INFO" Fourth latest "2nd PD INFO" Hour meter information of the fourth latest PD Fifth latest "1st PD INFO" Fifth latest "2nd PD INFO" Hour meter information of the fifth latest PD Sixth latest "1st PD INFO" Sixth latest "2nd PD INFO" Hour meter information of the sixth latest PD Seventh latest "1st PD INFO" Seventh latest "2nd PD INFO" Hour meter information of the seventh latest PD Eighth latest "1st PD INFO" Eighth latest "2nd PD INFO" Hour meter information of the eighth latest PD
Size
1 byte 1 byte 7 byte 1 byte 1 byte 7 byte 1 byte 1 byte 7 byte 1 byte 1 byte 7 byte 1 byte 1 byte 7 byte 1 byte 1 byte 7 byte 1 byte 1 byte 7 byte 1 byte 1 byte 7 byte (Note 1) (Note 1)
Remarks
Upper 5byte: HOUR, Lower 2byte: MINUTE (Note 1) (Note 1) Upper 5byte: HOUR, Lower 2byte: MINUTE (Note 1) (Note 1) Upper 5byte: HOUR, Lower 2byte: MINUTE (Note 1) (Note 1) Upper 5byte: HOUR, Lower 2byte: MINUTE (Note 1) (Note 1) Upper 5byte: HOUR, Lower 2byte: MINUTE (Note 1) (Note 1) Upper 5byte: HOUR, Lower 2byte: MINUTE (Note 1) (Note 1) Upper 5byte: HOUR, Lower 2byte: MINUTE (Note 1) (Note 1) Upper 5byte: HOUR, Lower 2byte: MINUTE
D C B
(Note 1) See the table below on PD information
Data
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 None Y-DRIVE
Power Down Point
Y-DC/DC CONVERTER X-DC/DC CONVERTER X-DRIVE Power supply ADDRESS junction ADDRESS resonance DC/DC CONVERTER (DIGITAL)
E
PDP-503CMX
5 6 7 8
115
GSD (Get Shut Down) : Outputting TxD data on SD (Shut Down) INFORMATION of
Service Factory MENU
A
The acquired data are output according to the transmission order and size in the table below. This command is valid only in RS-232C Factory Adjustment mode and during shut down (for 30 seconds until a shutdown occurs or standby). Note: During power-down, data can be obtained by directly executing "GPD" without executing "FAY." However, the ID must be set beforehand. Table 1: GSD
Order
1 2 3
B
Data Contents
The latest "SD INFO" First latest "SD INFO" Second latest "SD INFO" Third latest "SD INFO" Fourth latest "SD INFO" Fifth latest "SD INFO" Sixth latest "SD INFO" Seventh latest "SD INFO"
Size
1 byte 1 byte 1 byte 1 byte 1 byte 1 byte 1 byte 1 byte
Remarks
(Note 1) (Note 1) (Note 1) (Note 1) (Note 1) (Note 1) (Note 1) (Note 1)
4 5 6 7 8
(Note 1) See the table below on SD information
Table 2: SD contents
GET Data
C
Shut Down Point

Panel microcomputer communication failure Module IIC communication failure Condensation Temperature abnormality FAN abnormality Module microcomputer communication failure Wide microcomputer communication failure Main IIC communication failure AUDIO failure
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
116
1 2
PDP-503CMX
3 4
GWB (Get White Balance): Outputting data related to picture quality / white balance
Data are output according to the transmission order and size in the table below. This command is valid only in Normal Operation mode, RS-232C Integrator Adjustment mode, and RS-232C Factory adjustment mode. In Normal Operation mode and RS-232C Integrator Adjustment mode, data for the current signal and color mode of the current input function in the Integrator area are output. In RS-232C Factory Adjustment mode, RGB2 data for the Factory mode are output.
A
Order
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22
Data Contents
CONTRAST
Size
3 byte 3 byte 3 byte 3 byte 3 byte 3 byte 3 byte 3 byte 3 byte 3 byte 3 byte 3 byte 3 byte 3 byte 3 byte 3 byte 3 byte 3 byte 3 byte 3 byte 3 byte 3 byte (Note 2) (Note 2) (Note 2) (Note 2) (Note 2) (Note 2) (Note 2) (Note 1) (Note 2) (Note 1) (Note 2) (Note 2)
Remarks
BRIGHT
COLOR
TINT
R HIGH
G HIGH
B HIGH
R LOW
G LOW
B LOW H.ENHANCE (H.SHARP) V.ENHANCE (V.SHARP)
(Note 1) As for the setting data not related to the current input function/input signal/setting, dummy data are output. (Note 2) If data are output when the Reference mode is selected, the same data as the reference data are output as the offset data.
D
PDP-503CMX
5 6 7 8
117
GSS: Outputting data on SETUP items of the menu mode / Integrator menu
A
Data are output according to the transmission order and size in the table below. This command is valid only in Normal Operation mode, RS-232C Integrator Adjustment mode, and RS-232C Factory adjustment mode.
Order
Data Contents
Size
Output
1: COLOR TEMP1 2: COLOR TEMP2 3: COLOR TEMP3 4: COLOR TEMP4 5: COLOR TEMP5 0: OFF 1: LOW 2: MIDDLE 3: HIGH 0: OFF, 1: ON Same as the RS-232C command Same as the RS-232C command 1: AUTO 2: LOCKED M: MOTION S: STILL Same as the RS-232C command 0: OFF 1 to 4: MG1 to MG4 (See "MAGNIFY") 0: OFF, 1: ON Same as the RS-232C command 1: COMPONENT1 2: COMPONENT2 IN* 0: DOT BY DOT 1: 4:3 (TYPE) 2: FULL (TYPE) 3: ZOOM 5: WIDE 6: 100% display 0 to 60 0 to 60 0 to 60 0 to 60 0 to 60
Remarks
COLOR TEMP
1 byte
(Note 1)
DIGITAL NR
1 byte
(Note 1)
3 4 5 6 7 8 9
HIGH CONTRAST PURECINEMA COLOR SYSTEM CLAMP 3DY/C SETTING/VIDEO SIGNAL 2X2MODE BRIGHT ENHANCE HDTV MODE VIDEO INPUT Input function
1 byte 3 byte 3 byte 1 byte 1 byte 3 byte 1 byte 1 byte 3 byte 1 byte 3 byte
(Note 1) (Note 1) (Note 1) (Note 1) (Note 1)
10 11 12 13
(Note 1) (Note 1)
14
Screen size
1 byte
15
D
SUB VOLUME (INPUT1) SUB VOLUME (INPUT2) SUB VOLUME (INPUT3) SUB VOLUME (INPUT4) SUB VOLUME (INPUT5)
2 byte 2 byte 2 byte 2 byte 2 byte
16 17 18 19
(Note 1) (Note 1) (Note 1)
(Note 1) As for the setting data not related to the current input function/input signal/setting, dummy data are output.
118
1 2
PDP-503CMX
3 4
GSO: Outputting data on OPTION items of the menu mode / Integrator menu
Data are output according to the transmission order and size in the table below. This command is valid only in Normal Operation mode, RS-232C Integrator Adjustment mode, and RS-232C Factory adjustment mode.
A
Order
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Data Contents
POWER CONTROL OSD display FULL MASK R SIDE MASK LEVEL G SIDE MASK LEVEL B SIDE MASK LEVEL MASK CONTROL ORBITER MODE INVERSE MODE COLOR MODE
Size
3 byte 1 byte 3 byte 3 byte 3 byte 3 byte 1 byte 1 byte 1 byte 1 byte
Output
Same as the RS-232C command 0: OSD display prohibition 1: OSD display permission
Remarks
Display a RS-232C command of currently set MASK Adjustment value Adjustment value Adjustment value 0: OFF, 1: ON 0: OFF, 1: ON 0: OFF, 1: ON 1: COLOR MODE1 2: COLOR MODE2 X: Right and left inverting Y: Top and bottom inverting Z: Top/bottom and right/left inverting N: OFF A: AUTO M: MAX 0: VIDEO (RGB) 1: COMPONENT1 2: COMPONENT2 A/D input value
C B
11
MIRROR MODE
1 byte
12 13 14 15 16 17
FAN CONTROL MONITOR NAME SLOT INPUT TEMPERATURE HOUR METER KEY LOCK
1 byte 12 byte 1 byte 3 byte 5 byte 1 byte
(Note 1) (Note 2) Unit : H
0: Lock release 1: Lock
(Note 1) Dummy data (*) are output when a SLOT manufactured by Pioneer is connected.
D
PDP-503CMX
5 6 7 8
119
7. GENERAL INFORMATION
7.1 DIAGNOSIS
A
7.1.1 CONFIGURATION OF THE PC BOARD
CLAMP A Assy ADR CONNECT A Assy
DIGITAL VIDEO BRIDGE A Assy Assy ADR CONNECT B Assy SUB ADDRESS A Assy RESONANCE Assy ADR CONNECT C Assy BRIDGE B Assy
SENSOR Assy SCAN (A) Assy Y DRIVE Assy
SW POWER SUPPLY Module SLOT CONNECTOR Assy ADR CONNECT D Assy CLAMP B Assy V MID CLAMP Assy X CONNECTOR (A) Assy MX AUDIO Assy
SCAN (B) Assy IR Assy SIDE KEY Assy KEY CONNECTOR Assy
CLAMP C Assy SP OUT R Assy ADR CONNECT D Assy CONTROL Assy BRIDGE C Assy I/O Assy ADR CONNECT C Assy RGB Assy ADR RESONANCE Assy SUB ADDRESS B Assy ADR CONNECT B Assy BRIDGE D Assy ADR CONNECT A Assy CLAMP D Assy
X DRIVE Assy Video Card (PDA-5002) X CONNECTOR (B) Assy SP OUT L Assy
MX LED Assy
Rear View
F
120
1 2
PDP-503CMX
3 4
7.1.2 DIAGNOSIS FOR SHUTDOWN AND POWER-DOWN BY LED

This unit has self-diagnosis functions against abnormalities in the internal circuits and other operational abnormalities, and if any abnormality is detected, the STANDBY/ON indicator (LED) blinks to alert you of it. How the indicator blinks and possible failure points and power-down points are explained below:
A
Shutdown
Operations : When a microcomputer detected abnormality, it turns the power supply OFF. LED display : Blinking in green Example: How the LED blinks when DIGITAL-IIC communications fail
Green LED lights for 200 msec. Extinguished for 100 msec Green LED lights for 200 msec.
B
Extinguished for 3 sec
Number of blinking
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Reason
Panel Microcomputer failure DIGITAL-IIC communication failure Condensation Temperature abnormality FAN abnormality Module microcomputer failure Wide microcomputer failure RGB-IIC communication failure Audio failure
How to release shutdown

If the Power key on the remote control unit is pressed, the shutdown status is released, and the unit will be turned on. (It is not necessary to press the MAIN POWER button to turn off the unit.)
C
Power-down
Operations : In an emergency, the protection circuits are activated, and the power is turned off. LED display : Blinking in red Note: If more than two protection circuits are activated at almost the same time, the LED indicates this by its blinking-pattern. Example: How the LED blinks for the first power-down (Y-DC/DC CONVERTER) and the second power-down (Y DRIVE)
1st power-down information Red LED lights for 200 msec. Extinguished for 100 msec Red LED lights for 200 msec. Extinguished for 1 sec 2nd power-down information Red LED lights for 200 msec.
Extinguished for 3 sec

E
Number of blinks
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Failure Point
Y-DRIVE Y-DC/DC CONVERTER X-DC/DC CONVERTER X-DRIVE Power supply Address junction Address resonance DIGITAL-DC/DC CONVERTER
How to release power-down

Set the MAIN POWER button to OFF, and wait for about 30 seconds until the LED for PD (power-down) in the power-supply module is extinguished. Wait another 5 seconds, then recover the unit by setting the MAIN POWER button to ON. Note: After power-down is released, the unit restarts and goes in to Standby mode.
PDP-503CMX
5 6 7 8
121
122
1
Block Diagram of the Shutdown Signal System ("STANDBY/ON" LED: Blinking in green)
RGB ASSY
IC5601 Wide UCOM IC5602 Wide UCOM external Flash ROM IC1191 Panel UCOM external Flash ROM IC1101 Panel UCOM
DIGITAL VIDEO ASSY THERMAL SENSOR ASSY

TE1 D18 IC8351 Thermal Sensor 1
MX AUDIO ASSY
5 FAN_NG 6
R3 TEMP1 4 IC1207 Module UCOM DEW_DET 3 IC5502 EEPROM D3 R8
TXD0 RXD0
RXD BUSY REQ_WU
TXD CLK *WU_CE RXD BUSY REQ_PU
TXD CLK *PU_CE
FAN
A6
OR
FAN
(E)SCL (E)SDA
Y DRIVE ASSY
D6 IC1204 EEPROM Y2 CN2002 Moisture Sensor
2
9 AUDIO_NG 4 TEMP3 8
IC4402 Matrix IC
SCL SDA
A7 IC5505 Main UCOM
A5
IC8601 Audio Amp.
A3 IC5512 Thermal Sensor 2
PDP-503CMX
4 TEMP2 8
R1 S2 S3 V1 IC7103 Expander IC7104 EEPROM
SP (L) ASSY
SPL1
IC8151 Thermal Sensor 3
D1
SLOT CONNECTOR ASSY

SCL SDA
SW POWER SUPPLY MODULE

Expander
P2
VIDEO SLOT ST1 ASSY

IC7302 Chroma Decode IC7202 3D Y/C & CNR
Note: The figures 1 - 8 indicate the number of times the "STANDBY/ON" LED blinks when shutdown occurs in the corresponding route.
Diagnosis Method in Shutdown

The data on the past eight shutdowns are stored in memory.
1 OSD display of the Shutdown NG history

The shutdown NG history is displayed in "INFORMATION" of the Factory menu.
1 1 I N FO NG 5 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 W I DE W I DE MO D U L E MA I N I I C I N FO #1 S1 I N4 0 2 2 NT 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40
10
15 16
Display of the PD contents
Shutdown Point
OSD Display
PANEL MOD IIC DEW TEMP FAN MODULE WIDE MAIN IIC AUDIO
C
2 Shutdown NG history by RS-232C command "GSD"

Order
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Data Contents
The latest "SD INFO" First latest "SD INFO" Second latest "SD INFO" Third latest "SD INFO" Fourth latest "SD INFO" Fifth latest "SD INFO" Sixth latest "SD INFO" Seventh latest "SD INFO"
Size
1 byte 1 byte 1 byte 1 byte 1 byte 1 byte 1 byte 1 byte
D
Shutdown Point
OSD Data
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
E
PDP-503CMX
5 6 7 8
123
Shutdown diagnosis 1 Panel microcomputer failure

A
1 5 10
Screen display
15 20 25 30 35 40 1
Condition : When the module microcomputer failed in communication with the panel microcomputer Results : An OSD is displayed for 30 seconds after the failure is detected; then the power is shut down.
Possible causes
Open/short-circuit of the communication lines in the assembly
10
S H U T DOWN
15 16
2 DIGITAL-IIC communication failure

B
Condition : When the module microcomputer failed in communication with an external EEPROM or EXPANDER Results : An OSD is displayed for 30 seconds after the failure is detected; then the power is shut down. Note: A DIGITAL-IIC communication failure may occur in Standby mode.
1 1
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
10
Possible causes
Open / Short-circuit of communication line in the assemblies. Breaking of wire between the following point: DIGITAL VIDEO Assy (D1) SW POWER SUPPLY Module (P2).
15 16
S H U T DOWN
3 Condensation detection
C
Condition : When condensation has formed inside the unit Results : As soon as condensation is detected, the unit will shut down.
Possible cause other than condensation

Disconnection of CN2002 between the condensation sensor and the Y DRIVE Assy
4 Abnormally high temperature

Condition : When the internal temperature of the unit becomes abnormally high Results : An OSD is displayed for 30 seconds after the failure is detected; then the power is shut down.
1 1 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40
WAR N I NG
Possible causes if this abnormality occurs in an environment in which the temperature is not so high
Disconnection between the SP TERMINA (L) Assy (SPL1) and MX AUDIO Assy (A3). Disconnection between the MX AUDIO Assy (A5) and RGB Assy (R8). Disconnection between the DIGITAL VIDEO Assy (D18) and temperature sensor 1 (TE1).
THERMAL ALERT
10
15 16
Reference
E
Shutdown temperature of each temperature sensor TEMP2 data 150 ( 80C) TEMP3 data 101 ( 56C) As for the TEMP 1 sensor, a shutdown occurs when a disconnection of connectors is detected, but does not occur because of temperature. Temperature displayed in "INFORMATION" of the Factory menu TEMP1 (C) TEMP1 (data) -50 TEMP2 (C) TEMP2 (data) /2+5 TEMP3 (C) TEMP3 (data) /2+5
1 1
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
I N FO T EM P E R A T UR E
5
#1 S1 I N1 0 6 2 NT
T E MP 1 T EMP 2 T E MP 3
10
: 128 : 104 : 088 : 135
FAN
15 16
124
1 2
PDP-503CMX
3 4
5 FAN failure
Condition : Fan failure Results : An OSD is displayed for 30 seconds after the failure is detected; then the power is shut down. Note: Fan failure is detected only in the following cases: When the FAN CONTROL is set to MAX When the FAN CONTROL is set to AUTO, and the temperature at the TEMP3 sensor is 30C or higher (Fan failure is not detected while the fan is not activated even if connectors become disconnected.) Possible causes Disconnection of a junction connector between FAN (A6) and the MX AUDIO Assy (A7). Disconnection of a connector between the MX AUDIO Assy (A5) and the RGB Assy (R8). Forced stop of the fan caused by a foreign object being caught in the fan.
1 1 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40
A
5
WAR N I NG FAN
10
FAILURE
15 16
6 Module microcomputer failure

Condition : When the main microcomputer has failed in communication with the module microcomputer Results : An OSD is displayed for 30 seconds after the failure is detected; then the power is shut down. Note: A module microcomputer communication failure may occur in Standby mode. Possible causes Open / Short-circuit of communication line in the Assy. Disconnection of a connector between the RGB Assy (R3) and the DIGITAL VIDEO Assy (D3). Writing defectiveness of module microcomputer (IC1207) software.
1 1 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40
10
S H U T DOWN
15 16 1 1 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40
7 Wide microcomputer failure

Condition : When the main microcomputer failed in communication with the wide microcomputer Results : An OSD is displayed for 30 seconds after the failure is detected; then the power is shut down. Possible causes Open / Short-circuit of communication line in the Assy. Writing defectiveness of the wide-microcomputer (IC5601) software. Writing defectiveness of the external Flash ROM (IC5602) of the wide-microcomputer.
10
S H U T DOWN
15 16
8 RGB-IIC communication failure

Condition : When the main microcomputer failed in IIC communication Results : An OSD is displayed for 30 seconds after the failure is detected; then the power is shut down. Note: An RGB-IIC communication failure may occur in Standby mode. Possible causes Open / Short-circuit of communication line in the Assy. Incomplete insertion of a SLOT or a SLOT junction PC board Note: In a case of incomplete insertion of a SLOT, the following symptoms may occur in addition to the above results. Audio signals to INPUT 3 and INPUT 4 are not output. Switching to INPUTs 3-5 (SLOT function) is impossible. Video signals to INPUT 1 and INPUT 2 are not displayed.
D
1 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40
10
S H U T DOWN
15 16
9 Audio failure
Condition : When a DC component is added on the speaker output line Results : The power is shut down as soon as a failure is detected. Possible causes Disconnection of a connector between the MX AUDIO Assy (A5) and the RGB Assy (R8). Short-circuiting between + and - of C8615 and C8622.
F
PDP-503CMX
5 6 7 8
125
126
1
Block Diagram of the Power Down Signal System ("STANDBY/ON" LED: Blinking red)
DIGITAL VIDEO ASSY

X Drive X1 X DC-DC
X DRIVE ASSY
DIGITAL DC-DC
D8 - D11
IC1201-pin 8
4 P4
8 Address PD Mute AND D1 P2 6 OR
2
OR OR 7
D1202 Cathode DIG_ADR.PD
ADR CONNECT ASSY (Upper)
D12 - D15 PD Circuit
PDP-503CMX
OR
IC1201-pin 6
ADR CONNECT ASSY (Lower)
OR
Relay Circuit
1 2 P3
3
OR
RESONANCE ASSY (Upper)
D16
PD_TRIGGER
RESONANCE ASSY (Lower) Y Drive Y DC-DC
Y1
D17
Y DRIVE ASSY
Note: The figures 1 - 8 indicate the number of times the "STANDBY/ON" LED blinks when shutdown occurs in the corresponding route.
Types and function of the various protection circuits (P.D. circuits)

Assy Name OSD Display
Y-DRV Red "STANDBY/ ON" LED Number of Blinks 1
Type of P.D. Circuits

VCP OCP VOFS OVP VOFS UVP
Function
P.D. by VCP overcurrent P.D. by VOFS overvoltage P.D. by VOFS undervoltage (= overcurrent) P.D. by VH overvoltage P.D. by VH undervoltage (= overcurrent) P.D. by IC5V undervoltage (= overcurrent) P.D. by VRN overvoltage P.D. by VRN undervoltage (= overcurrent) P.D. by VCP overcurrent P.D. by VSUS overvoltage P.D. by VSUS undervoltage (= overcurrent) P.D. by VADR overvoltage P.D. by VADR undervoltage (= overcurrent) P.D. by 15V overvoltage P.D. by 15V undervoltage (= overcurrent) P.D. by 12V undervoltage (= overcurrent) P.D. by 6.5V overvoltage P.D. by 6.5V undervoltage (= overcurrent) P.D. by 13.5V undervoltage (= overcurrent) P.D. by -9V undervoltage (= overcurrent) P.D. by +B overvoltage P.D. by +B overcurrent P.D. by AC200V applied PFC module overheat protection VSUS arc resistance overheat protection
Remarks
Y DRIVE Assy
Y-DDC
VH OVP VH UVP IC5V UVP VRN OVP VRN UVP VCP OCP VSUS OVP VSUS UVP VADR OVP VADR UVP 15V OVP 15V UVP 12V UVP
X-DDC X DRIVE Assy X-DRV
3 4
POWER
6.5V OVP 6.5V UVP 13.5V UVP -9V UVP +B OVP +B OCP AC200V P.D.
Note 1
ADR CONNECT Assy RESONANCE Assy
ADRES ADR-K
6 7
ADR.PD ADR.K.PD 5.0V OVP 5.0V UVP 3.3V OVP 3.3V UVP 2.5V OVP 2.5V UVP
P.D. by disconnection of the connectors P.D. by ICP open and TCP defective P.D. by 5V overvoltage P.D. by 5V undervoltage (= overcurrent) P.D. by 3.3V overvoltage P.D. by 3.3V undervoltage (= overcurrent) P.D. by 2.5V overvoltage P.D. by 2.5V undervoltage (= overcurrent)
D
DIGITAL VIDEO Assy
DC-DC
Reference OVP : Over Voltage Protect UVP : Under Voltage Protect OCP : Over Current Protect PD : Power Down Note 1: The AC200V P.D. circuit is not mounted in the PDP-503MXE model.
E
PDP-503CMX
5 6 7 8
127
Diagnosis Method in Power Down

The data (1st/2nd/time stamp) on the past eight power-downs are stored in memory.
A
1 OSD display of the PD history

The PD history displayed in "INFORMATION" of the Factory menu.
1 1 I N FO PD 5 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 ST X DDC ADR K Y DR V ADRES 2 ND X DDC D C DC 0 5 1 4 8 H 2 5M 0 2 2 4 8 H 1 4M 0 1 3 5 8 H 3 6M 0 0 3 4 8 H 1 5M 0 0 0 0 0 H 0 0M 0 0 0 0 0 H 0 0M 0 0 0 0 0 H 0 0M 0 0 0 0 0 H 0 0M I N FO #1 S1 I N4 0 2 2 NT 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40
Display of PD point
Power-Down Point Y-DRIVE Y-DC/DC COVERTER X-DC/DC CONVERTER X-DRIVE Power supply ADDRESS junction ADDRESS resonance DC/DC CONVERTER (DIGITAL) OSD Display Y-DRV Y-DDC X-DDC X-DRV POWER ADRES ADR-K DC-DC
10
B
15 16
Time stamp display [OOOOOH] : HOUR, [OOM] : MINUTE Example: Time stamp display is [65432H10M] 65432 hours 10 minutes
2 Retrieval of PD history by RS-232C command "GPD" Data of PD point

C
Order 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
Data contents The latest "1st PD" point The latest "2nd PD" point The latest PD time stamp Second latest "1st PD" point Second latest "2nd PD" point Second latest PD time stamp Third latest "1st PD" point Third latest "2nd PD" point Third latest PD time stamp Fourth latest "1st PD" point Fourth latest "2nd PD" point Fourth latest PD time stamp Fifth latest "1st PD" point Fifth latest "2nd PD" point Fifth latest PD time stamp Sixth latest "1st PD" point Sixth latest "2nd PD" point Sixth latest PD time stamp Seventh latest "1st PD" point Seventh latest "2nd PD" point Seventh latest PD time stamp Eighth latest "1st PD" point Eighth latest "2nd PD" point Eighth latest PD time stamp
Size 1 byte 1 byte 7 byte 1 byte 1 byte 7 byte 1 byte 1 byte 7 byte 1 byte 1 byte 7 byte 1 byte 1 byte 7 byte 1 byte 1 byte 7 byte 1 byte 1 byte 7 byte 1 byte 1 byte 7 byte
Power-Down Point Y-DRIVE Y-DC/DC COVERTER X-DC/DC CONVERTER X-DRIVE Power supply ADDRESS junction ADDRESS resonance DC/DC CONVERTER (DIGITAL)
"GPD" Data 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Time stamp data upper 5 byte: HOUR, lower 2 byte: MINUTE Example: Time stamp is [6543210] 65432 hours 10 minutes
128
1 2
PDP-503CMX
3 4
Diagnosis of error points in the various protection-circuit (P.D. circuits) operations (Red "STANDBY/ON" LED blinks)
Error Point
IC2206, IC2214 (Pulse module), IC2203, IC2204, IC2212, IC2213, IC2216, IC2217, R2209 K2211 Lo K2712 Lo VOFS OVP Drive section (control signals, output elements etc.) in normal operation VOFS D/D CONV. BLOCK in normal operation K2719 Lo VH OVP Drive section (control signals, output elements etc.) in normal operation K2718 Lo VH UVP VH D/D CONV. BLOCK in normal operation SCAN Assy in normal operation IC5V D/D CONV. BLOCK in normal operation K2713 Lo IC2704, IC2706, IC2717 IC3702, IC3712 IC3701, IC3702, IC3712 K3705 Lo Q3122 IC3200, IC3201 (pulse module), IC3103, IC3104, IC3106, IC3107, IC3110, IC3113, R3109 IC3200, IC3201 (Pulse module) IC2206, IC2214 (Pulse module) IC8601 (Audio IC) K3103 Lo VCP OCP VRN UVP K3708 Lo VRN OVP Drive section (control signals, output elements etc.) in normal operation VRN D/D CONV. BLOCK in normal operation IC5V UVP SCAN Assy in normal operation VCP OCP IC2702, IC2709, IC2715 IC2701, IC2702, IC2709, IC2715 K2709 Lo Q2211, Q2212, R2277, IC2208, IC2210 IC2712, IC2716 IC2711, IC2712, IC2716 SCAN IC IC2704, IC2706, IC2717 SCAN IC VOFS UVP
Number P.D. Point in of Blinks Operation Possible Part in failure Circuit State P.D. Circuit in Operation
Diagnosis Condition
Y DRIVE
Y DRIVE Assy
5
In a case where PD does not occur if the P4 connector is disconnected In a case where PD does not occur if the P3 connector is disconnected In a case where PD does not occur if the P6 connector is disconnected
VOFS D/D CONV. BLOCK (Y DRIVE Assy)
VOFS D/D CONV. BLOCK (Y DRIVE Assy)
VH D/D CONV. BLOCK (Y DRIVE Assy)
Y DC DC
VH D/D CONV. BLOCK (Y DRIVE Assy)
SCAN (A), (B) Assy
IC5V D/D CONV. BLOCK (Y DRIVE Assy)
SCAN (A), (B) Assy
IC5V D/D CONV. BLOCK (Y DRIVE Assy)
6
SW POWER SUPPLY Module Disconnection of the D8 - D15 connectors TCP damage of IC6704 (ICP), disconnection of the D16 and D17 connectors, panel microcomputer is defective, external Flash ROM of the panel microcomputer is defective. K1901 Lo K1902 Lo K1903 Lo K1904 Lo K1905 Lo K1906 Lo
VRN D/D CONV. BLOCK (X DRIVE Assy)
X DC DC
VRN D/D CONV. BLOCK (X DRIVE Assy)
X DRIVE Assy
PDP-503CMX
E D C
X DRIVE
X DRIVE Assy
X DRIVE Assy
Y DRIVE Assy
MX AUDIO Assy
PS
ADDRESS CONNECT A - D Assy, RESONANCE Assy, D/D CONV. BLOCK (DIGITAL VIDEO Assy)
In a case where PD does not occur if Pin 5 of the P2 connector is disconnected

In a case where the voltage is not output even if the P4, P3, P6 connectors and Pin 5 of the P2 connectors are disconnected
ADR
ADDRESS CONNECT A~D Assy
ADR. PD ADR. K. PD
ADR K
RESONANCE Assy
D/D CONV. BLOCK (DIGITAL VIDEO Assy) IC1901
5.0V OVP 5.0V UVP 3.3V OVP 3.3V UVP 2.5V OVP 2.5V UVP
DIGITAL DC DC
Note on PS PD The Red "STANDBY/ON" LED blinks five times (power supply PD) 1 When the internal protection circuit of the SW POWER SUPPLY Module worked 2 When a microcomputer was not able to identify the PD point Care must be taken because five blinks of the red LED does not always mean that the protection circuit of the SW POWER SUPPLY Module is activated.
129
A B
Block diagram of the Power supply section

A
VOFS DC/DC Converter AC IN 100 - 240V Power Factor Control +B395V VSUS DC/DC Converter VSUS 223V VH DC/DC Converter ST-BY Power Supply VADR DC/DC Converter VADR 61V VH 130V VOFS -45V
Y DRIVE ASSY
IC5V, VF12V DC/DC Converter
IC5V VF12V
STB5V
6.5V DC/DC Converter (6.5V, 13.5V, -9V)
13.5V -9V
X DRIVE ASSY
VRN DC/DC Converter VRN -300V
15V DC/DC Converter (15V, 12V)
12V
DIGITAL VIDEO ASSY

15V DC/DC Converter (5V, 3.3V, 2.5V) 5.0V 3.3V 2.5V
Supplementary information
1. Power on/off switch for the large-signal system (SW102) Function: Only the power for the small-signal system (15V, 12V, 6.5V, 13.5V, and -9V) is on, and the power for the large-signal system (VSUS, VADR) is off. Usage: Use when only an operational check for the smallsignal system is required. Supplementary information: When this switch is to be used, the wires of pin 5 (DIG, ADR, and PD) of the P2 connector of the power-supply module should be disconnected to prevent the PD circuit from operating. To turn the power of the large-signal system off without using this switch, operation from an external PC through RS-232C commands "DRF" is basically required. In this case, the above procedure is not required, as the PD circuit is muted by software. How to turn on the power with a command sent via RS-232C communication when the large signal system's power is off 1 Check that the unit is in Standby mode. 2 Transmit the RS-232C command "DRF." 3 Turn on the power using the remote control unit, side keys, or the command "PON." Note: Once the power is turned off, the setting of the large signal system power returns to ON. If you wish to turn on the power when the large signal system's power is off, transmit the DRF command each time. 2. 200V AC power-down switch (SW101) Function: While 200V AC voltage is applied, operation of the PD circuit is turned on and off (ON when the switch is set to 100V AC, and OFF when the switch is set to 200V AC). Setting: For the MXE model only, the switch is set to 200V, and for other models, it is set to 100V. 3. Temperature compensation of the VOFS voltage for the drive system Function: Control the power supply voltage mentioned above according to temperature. (Temperature compensation works so that the voltage is lowered on the lowertemperature side, and is raised on the highertemperature side.) Purpose: To improve the yield by compensating the temperature characteristics of the panel. Supplementary information: For this model, temperature compensation is performed only for the VOFS voltage, and not for the VSUS voltage, and it is controlled by software. 4. When a fuse blows If a fuse blows, never turn the power on again only after replacing the fuse. (In most cases, the fuse itself did not have any problem. So as long as factors of overcurrent have not been removed, chances of destruction increase every time the power is turned on. In the worst case, about a dozen parts may be destroyed.) Generally, the whole power-supply-module assembly must be replaced. 5. Voltage adjustment of the panel drive As this model employs the electronic VR system for the VSUS and VOFS voltages, and as the voltage-adjustment data are stored in the DIGITAL assembly, voltage adjustment of the panel drive is not necessary when the power-supply modules are changed. (For VADR, VH, and VRN, adjustments with semifixed VR controls are necessary.) For this model, as the power-supply block has been developed and designed by an outside vendor, at the point you know which module is a cause of failure (through diagnosis described elsewhere in this manual), change the corresponding modules, and do not diagnose or repair the module. Similarly, the switches and the semifixed VRs inside the powersupply module must not be adjusted without a special reason.
130
1 2
PDP-503CMX
3 4
7.1.3 AUTOMATIC BACKUP OF DIGITAL VIDEO ASSY DATA Description

Data in the EEPROM (IC1204/2 kbit) mounted on the DIGITAL VIDEO Assy are automatically copied to an area (Area A in the figure below) of the EEPROM (IC5502/64 kbit) mounted on the RGB Assy as backup data in a case of assembly replacement. Therefore, the adjustment data for the unit (data in the EEPROM of the DIGITAL VIDEO Assy) can be maintained even after replacement of the DIGITAL VIDEO and/or RGB Assy. Note: As for the COLOR and TINT items, even though they are adjustment data for the unit, as they are stored in Area C (see the figure below) they are not automatically backed up.
A
Contents of EEPROM on the DIGITAL VIDEO Assy

Adjustment value of PANEL White Balance PANEL-R HIGH : Adjustment item for the unit PANEL-G HIGH : Adjustment item for the unit PANEL-B HIGH : Adjustment item for the unit PANEL-R LOW : Adjustment item for the unit PANEL-G LOW : Adjustment item for the unit PANEL-B LOW : Adjustment item for the unit Adjustment value of ABL ABL LEVEL : Adjustment item for the unit Adjustment value of drive system X-SUS-B : Adjustment item for the unit X-SUS-G : Adjustment item for the unit Y-SUS-B : Adjustment item for the unit Y-SUS-G : Adjustment item for the unit V-SUS : Adjustment item for the unit V-OFFSET : Adjustment item for the unit Pulse meter Hour meter Various setting data of FULL MASK
Data are automatically backed up.
Flow of basic automatic backup

Data in Areas A and B are judged according to keyword as to whether they have already adjusted or not, then copying is automatically performed.
RGB Assy EEPROM (IC5502)
For copy (backup) Data of the DIGITAL VIDEO Assy Area A Data of the RGB Assy Save area
DIGITAL VIDEO Assy EEPROM (IC1204)
1 2
Data of the DIGITAL VIDEO Assy
Area B
Area C
1 Automatic copying is performed every time the Service Factory mode is entered (regardless of the keyword.) 2 When the power is turned on, keyword checking is performed, then automatic copying is performed if the keyword for the DIGITAL VIDEO Assy (Area B) is "not adjusted," and that for the RGB Assy is "adjusted."
PDP-503CMX
5 6 7 8
131
Actual automatic backup operation

A
1. When the DIGITAL VIDEO Assy is replaced (Using the service Assy) Keyword modification is not needed. Replace the DIGITAL VIDEO Assy with that for service, then turn on the power. Thus, the backup data in the EEPROM of the RGB Assy are automatically copied to the EEPROM of the DIGITAL VIDEO Assy.
RGB Assy DIGITAL VIDEO Assy for service
2
EEPROM (IC5502)
EEPROM (IC1204)
2. When the RGB Assy is replaced (whether replaced with the assembly for service or not does not matter) Replace the RGB Assy, then enter the Service Factory mode. The backup data in the EEPROM of the DIGITAL VIDEO Assy are then automatically copied to the EEPROM of the RGB Assy.
RGB Assy DIGITAL VIDEO Assy
1
EEPROM (IC5502)
C
EEPROM (IC1204)
3. When the DIGITAL VIDEO Assy is replaced (reuse of a repaired part) When installing the repaired DIGITAL VIDEO Assy in other unit It is necessary to change the keyword of the DIGITAL VIDEO Assy to be reused to "not adjusted." Before removing the DIGITAL VIDEO Assy to be reused, enter the Service Factory mode and execute SERVICE PARTS in the INITIALIZE item. (The unit must operate properly, and OSD display must be possible.) If SERVICE PARTS cannot be executed, readjustment is required. Note: If a repaired DIGITAL VIDEO Assy is mounted in another unit (Unit 2) without this change of keyword, the automatic backup function will not work properly. Moreover, if Unit 2 is set to Service Factory mode in this condition, data in force before the repair of the DIGITAL VIDEO Assy will be copied to Area A of the RGB Assy of Unit 2, overwriting the data necessary for Unit 2. Once overwritten, the original data will not be restored. 4. When the DIGITAL VIDEO Assy is replaced (reuse of a repaired part) When installing the repaired DIGITAL VIDEO Assy in the original unit It is not necessary to change the keyword. After the repaired DIGITAL VIDEO Assy is mounted in the original unit, the unit can operate with its latest adjustment values. After replacement, turn on the power. Then, the backup data in the EEPROM of the RGB Assy will automatically be copied to the EEPROM of the DIGITAL VIDEO Assy. 5. When replacing both the DIGITAL VIDEO Assy and the RGB Assy simultaneously Automatic backup function does not work properly. Readjustment is necessary.
Others
1. As for the COLOR and TINT items, even though they are adjustment data for the unit, as they are stored in Area C, they are not automatically backed up. For these two items, the following applies: 1 When only the DIGITAL VIDEO Assy is replaced Readjustment is not required, as data are stored in the RGB Assy. 2 When the RGB Assy is replaced After repair, readjustment is required. 2. Except for data for the COLOR and TINT items, data in Area C in the EEPROM of the RGB Assy are assembly-adjustment data. Readjustment is not required when the RGB Assy is replaced with one for service.
F
132
1 2
PDP-503CMX
3 4
7.1.4 DISASSEMBLY
SW Power Supply Module
A
Remove the Rear Case (50M).(Screws 20)
4 1
2
Remove the Clamper and insert it to another place, as indicated in the photo below.
Clamper
1 1
4
B
1 1 1 1 1 1
2
Sub Frame L
Sub Frame R
1 1
2 3
Remove the four screws. Remove the SW Power Supply Module. SW Power Supply Module
Slit
5
D
Insert the SW Power Supply Module into the slits of Sub Frame L and R.
Diagnosis
PDP-503CMX
5 6 7 8
133
DIGITAL VIDEO Assy

A
1 2 3 4 5
Remove the Rear Case (50M). (Screws 20) Remove the SW Power Supply Module. (Connector, Screws 4) Remove the Terminal Panel M. (Screws 11) Remove the screw of the earth block. Remove the RGB Base. (Screws 4) DIGITAL VIDEO Assy
Remove the DIGITAL VIDEO Assy. (Connector, Circuit Board Spacers 6)
3 3
2
3
RGB Base
4 3
2
3 3
2
Terminal Panel M
DIGITAL VIDEO Assy
Remove the connectors and binders, and remove the RGB Base with PCB Assys.
DIGITAL VIDEO Assy RGB Assy

D
SLOT CONNECTOR Assy
RGB Base
134
1 2
PDP-503CMX
3 4
Y DRIVE, SCAN (A), (B) Assy
Remove the three screws.
7 8
Remove the Rear Case (50M). (Screws 20) Remove the Y DRIVE Assy. (Connector, Screws 8)
Y DRIVE Assy
8
Front Case 50
8 2 3 4
Loosen the Rivet. Remove the Lead Cover. Pull out the Flexible Cable. SIDE KEY Assy
2
Lead Cover Rivet Turn the Rivet, taking care not to push on it, because pushing on it may set the Rivet to its original position.
3
Lead Cover
Remove the Lead Cover together with the Rivet when the Rivet is fully loosened.
5 6
Detach the lower part of the Front Case 50 so that it can swing open (hinged at the top). Remove the Front Case 50.
9
10
Reverse the SCAN (A) and SCAN (B) Assemblies. Exchange the ROM if necessary. SCAN (A) Assy
Front Case 50 ROM 6
Rear Case (50M)
6
Aluminum Materials The hook of the Front Case 50 is fixed with the Rear Case (50M) and the aluminum material, as shown in the illustration.
9 5
SCAN (B) Assy

F
PDP-503CMX
5 6 7 8
135
X DRIVE Assy
A
Diagnosis of the Video Card (PDA-5002)
1 2
Remove the Rear Case (50M). (Screws 20) Remove the X DRIVE Assy. (Connector, Screws 8)
1 2 3
Remove the Rear Case (50M). (Screws 20) Remove the Video Card. (Screws 2) Remove the SLOT CONNECTOR Assy from the RGB Assy and reconnect it with the Jig Cable (GGD1035).
Jig Cable (GGD1035)
SLOT CONNECTOR Assy RGB Assy
3 2 2
2
2
C
2 2
Video Card
X DRIVE Assy
Reconnect the Video Card. (Do not insert it into the slot.) Video Card
SLOT CONNECTOR Assy
RGB Assy
Diagnosis
F
136
1 2
PDP-503CMX
3 4
7.2 IC INFORMATION
The information shown in the list is basic information and may not correspond exactly to that shown in the schematic diagrams. List of IC SN755864APZP, HD64F2328VF, PE1012A, PE1013B, M30624FGAFP, PD6358A, PST9246N, FS781BZB, STK795-470, BA5417, ML6426CS-1, CXA3516R
A
SN755864APZP (SCAN A ASSY : IC6201 - IC6206, SCAN B ASSY : IC6001 - IC6006)

Scan IC
Pin Assignment (Top view)

B
PDP-503CMX
5 6 7 8
137
Block Diagram
A
Pin Function
Name
CLK DA DB LE CLR A/B
E
Pin No.
86 91 85 40 92 84 89 90 99, 100, 1-28 36-40, 48-76 88 30-32, 44-46 81-82, 93, 94-95 34, 35, 97, 98 41, 42, 78, 79 29, 33, 43, 47 77, 80, 83, 96
I/O
I I/O I/O I I I I I O
Num.
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 64 1 11 4 4 8
Function
Shift clock (start edge partial response) The serial data input of shifting register The serial data output of shifting register It output data done a latch of by "H" level It do data of shift register with "H" by "L" level A shift directional control signal of shift register An output control terminal of HVO An output control terminal of HVO High voltage drive output (HVO1 - HVO64) Logic power supply Standard potential. This is common to HVO1 - HVO64. The high potential circuit power supply which is common to HVO1 - HVO32 The high potential circuit power supply which is common to HVO33 - HVO64 It is the insulation electrically
OC1 OC2 HVO VDD GND VH1 VH2 NC
138
1 2
PDP-503CMX
3 4
HD64F2328VF (DIGITAL VIDEO ASSY : IC1101)

Scan IC
Pin Function (1/3)

No.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50
Pin Name
CS_23 NC VSS VSS VCC UA0 UA1 UA2 UA3 VSS UA4 UA5 UA6 UA7 UA8 UA9 UA10 UA11 VSS UA12 UA13 UA14 UA15 UA16 UA17 UA18 UA19 VSS UA20 PA5 PA6 PA7 CE_PN CE_PN VSS VSS APLP VD_31 VCC UD0 UD1 UD2 UD3 VSS UD4 UD5 UD6 UD7 UD8 UD9 PE5064 (IC1703) control output NC Terminal GND GND 3.3V power supply Address bus Address bus Address bus Address bus GND Address bus Address bus Address bus Address bus Address bus Address bus Address bus Address bus GND Address bus Address bus Address bus Address bus Address bus Address bus Address bus Address bus GND Address bus NC terminal NC terminal NC terminal Enables / for panel microcomputer Enables / for panel microcomputer GND GND
Function
The APL value acquisition trigger signal input The V signal input from IC1401 (PD6358) 3.3V power supply Data bus Data bus Data bus Data bus GND Data bus Data bus Data bus Data bus Data bus Data bus
PDP-503CMX
5 6 7 8
139
Pin Function (2/3)

No.
A
51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60
Pin Name
UD10 UD11 VSS UD12 UD13 UD14 UD15 VCC D_TXD EXT_TXD D_RXD EXT_RXD D_CLK P60 VSS CS_FLASH VSS VSS P61 UDREQ P63 WE_FLASH BUSY REQ_PU SEL23B CLRB FR_SEL RST31B RST23B FWE RESET NMI STBY VCC XTAL EXTAL VSS PF7 VCC PF6 RDB HWRB PF3 PF2 PF1 PF0 P50 P51 VSS VSS Data bus Data bus GND Data bus Data bus Data bus Data bus 3.3V power supply
Function
Communication with IC1207 (module microcomputer) Communication with the outside (program notes) Communication with IC1207 (module microcomputer) Communication with the outside (program notes) Communication with IC1207 (module microcomputer) NC terminal GND A flash memory control terminal GND GND NC terminal IC1703 (PE5064) control terminal NC terminal A flash memory note control signal (unused) The command receipt of a message lye Norwich output A communication demand to a module microcomputer IC1703 (PE5064) control terminal IC1703 (PE5064) control terminal The free run select signal output The reset output to IC1301, IC1401 (PD6358) The reset output to IC1703 (PE5064) Microcomputer program note control signal Reset input The at the rate of tang input (unused) The hardware standby input (unused) 3.3V power supply A clock oscillation child connection terminal A clock oscillation child connection terminal GND NC terminal 3.3V power supply NC terminal A read control terminal from an outside slave device A wright control terminal to an outside slave device NC terminal NC terminal NC terminal NC terminal NC terminal NC terminal GND GND
61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81
82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91
92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100
140
1 2
PDP-503CMX
3 4
Pin Function (3/3)

No.
101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128
Pin Name
P52 P53 AVCC VREF STOPB P41 RYBY ADR_K_EMG_L1 ADR_K_EMG_U1 ADR_K_EMG_L2 ADR_K_EMG_U2 P47 AVSS VSS MUTE_ADR MUTE_SUS P15 HD P13 P12 PC_VIDEO VD MD0 MD1 MD2 PG0 CS_31Y CS_31X NC terminal NC terminal 3.3V power supply
Function
A
A/D, D/A reference voltage input (unused) The drive control input from IC1703 (PE5064) NC terminal The flash memory note ready input The emergency input from panel bottom address resonance block The emergency input from panel upper address resonance block The emergency input from panel bottom address resonance block (unused) The emergency input from panel upper address resonance block (unused) NC terminal GND GND The panel mute signal input The X and Y drive mute signal output (unused) NC terminal The HD signal input from outside Assy (RGB Assy etc.) NC terminal NC terminal The PC/Video identification output The HD signal input from outside Assy (RGB Assy etc.) The microcomputer mode of operation select signal input The microcomputer mode of operation select signal input The microcomputer mode of operation select signal input NC terminal IC1301, IC1401 (PD6358) control signal IC1301, IC1401 (PD6358) control signal
PDP-503CMX
5 6 7 8
141
PE1012A (X DRIVEASSY : IC3003)

Drive Protect PLD
A
Pin Assignment (Top View)

I/CLK I I I I I 1 24 VCC I/O/Q I/O/Q I/O/Q I/O/Q I/O/Q I/O/Q I/O/Q I/O/Q I/O/Q I/O/Q 12 13 I
I I I I I GND
Block Diagram
C
XSUS_BI
1_50 1_24 1_6
23
1_40
XSUS_BO
XSUS_UI
1_49 1_23 1_4
22
1_39
XSUS_UO
XSUS_DI
1_48 1_22 1_5
21
1_40
XSUS_DO
XSUS_GI
1_45 1_55 1_1
19
1_54
YSUS_GO
XNR_D1I
1_44
1_51 1_62 1_52
18
1_36
XNR_D1O
XNR_D2I
10
1_43
1_2 1_61 1_53
15
1_35
XNR_D2O
XSUS_MSKI
1_46 1_28 1_32
17
1_41
XSUS_MSKO
XCP_MSKI
1_47 1_31 1_34
16
1_42
XCP_MSKO
XNR_UI
1_57 1_58 1_60
20
1_56
XNR_UO
142
1 2
PDP-503CMX
3 4
PE1013B (Y DRIVEASSY : IC2006)

Drive Protect PLD

I/CLK I I I I I I I I I I GND 12 13 1 24 VCC I/O/Q I/O/Q I/O/Q I/O/Q I/O/Q I/O/Q I/O/Q I/O/Q I/O/Q I/O/Q I
Block Diagram
C
sus_mute_in
1_64
1_63
ysusbin
1_7 1_20 1_62
23
1_39
ysusbout
ysusuin
1_6 1_19 1_61 1_23 1_5 1_18 1_27 1_26
22
1_48
ysusuout
ysusdin
21
1_47
ysusdout
ysusgin
1_4 1_17 1_53 1_28
17
1_46
ysusgout
ypru1in
6 7
1_3 1_13 1_60
19
1_45
ypru1out
ypru2in
1_2 1_16
18
1_54 1_59
1_44
ypru2out
yofsin
1_1 1_15
20
1_66 1_33
1_43
yofsout
ysofdin
11
1_10 1_52
ysusmskin
9 10
1_56 1_9 1_12 1_8 1_11 1_49 1_55
1_51
14
1_42
ysoftdout
16
1_37
ycpmskin
1_41 1_40
ysusmskout ycpmskout
15
PDP-503CMX
5 6 7 8
143
M30624FGAFP (DIGITAL VIDEO ASSY : IC1207)

Module Microcomputer
A
Pin Function (1/2)

No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 Pin Name TXD CLK NC NC NC NC NC BYTE CNVSS XCIN XCOUT RESET XOUT VSS XIN VCC NMI REM REQ_PU /SW_TRG NC NC NC AC_OFF PD_TRIGGER NC NC NC SCL SDA TXD1 RXD1 CLK1 BUSY1 TXD0 RXD0 NC REQ_MD/A_MUTE NC NC EPM NC PU_CE NC MOD_SW/A_NG CE DITHER/SW_STC NC /SW_STP NC Function Serial 3 line data output for communication with a panel microcomputer Serial 3 line clock for communication with a panel microcomputer NC terminal NC terminal NC terminal NC terminal NC terminal The external data bus width reshuffling input (I am unused and connect GND) A power supply for program note (a note, 5V, usually, pull-down NC terminal NC terminal A reset input terminal Clock output terminal GND Clock input terminal 5V standby power Because a NMI interruption terminal is unused, It handle pull up. The SR signal input A communication demand from a panel microcomputer (the pulse meter acquisition) Main switch OFF / ON search NC terminal NC terminal NC terminal AC power OFF search and power supply ASSY differentiation. Power down search NC terminal NC terminal NC terminal EEPROM, IIC communication with power supply ASSY EEPROM, IIC communication with power supply ASSY Communication with the outside (a program note) Communication with the outside (a program note) Communication with the outside (a program note) Communication with the outside (a program note) Communication with outside ASSY (microcomputers main in RGB ASSY, etc) Communication with outside ASSY (microcomputers main in RGB ASSY, etc) NC terminal 232C communication demand (a request to a main microcomputer) / audio system mute NC terminal NC terminal The EPM input for program note (L fixation) NC terminal Enables/ for panel microcomputer NC terminal The model of machines distinction input / audio system NG input The CE input for program note (H fixation) Power supply search of a dither setting / media receiver for module NC terminal Power supply search of a panel NC terminal
20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39
40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50
144
1 2
PDP-503CMX
3 4
Pin Function (2/2)

No. 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 Pin Name NC RELAY POWER/MSTATE NC WE_PN MD0 MD2 FWE RST_PU PN_MUTE NC VCC NC VSS NC NC /A_SCL /A_SDA APD_MUTE ADR_K_PD ADR_PD DCC_PD NC NC RST2 NC /DDC_SCL /DDC_SDA NC NC DEW_DET NC NC NC NC LED_G LED_R NC BUSY NC NC /F_KEY1 MAX_PLS2/F_KEY2 TEMP1 MAX_PLS? /CCKM AVSS PM_ST VREF AVCC RXD NC terminal The output for power supply ON / OFF change Input / SII861 master information for power supply ON / OFF change NC terminal Buffer state control for panel microcomputer note The panel microcomputer mode of operation change output The panel microcomputer mode of operation change output The panel microcomputer program note control signal output The panel microcomputer reset output The panel mute input NC terminal 5V standby power NC terminal GND NC terminal NC terminal IIC clock for audio system IIC data for audio system A mute signal of address series The address oscillatory system PD input The address series PD input The power supply system PD input NC terminal NC terminal Panel microcomputer reset search NC terminal IIC communication with a media receiver IIC communication with a media receiver NC terminal NC terminal The dew condensation sensor input NC terminal NC terminal NC terminal NC terminal Green LED lighting (LED on interface ASSY in a panel module) Red LED lighting (LED on interface ASSY in a panel module) NC terminal Communication permission / inhibiting signal from a panel microcomputer NC terminal NC terminal The front KEY input The terminal / front KEY input for brightness setting mode of operation change The A/D input for temperature sensor Terminal / connection search for brightness setting mode of operation change GND for AD conversion The A/D input for model of machines distinction Reference voltage for AD conversion 5V standby power for AD conversion Serial 3 line data entry for communication with a panel microcomputer Function
PDP-503CMX
5 6 7 8
145
PD6358A (DIGITAL VIDEO ASSY : IC1301, IC1401)

Picture Improved IC
A
Pin Function (1/7)

No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 Pin Name VSS TESTO6 OSDCLK TTST VDDI OVDDE-01 AGO0 VDDI AGO2 AGO3 AGO4 VDDI ARO6 AGO7 VDDI ARO9 ABO9 VDDI ADRCLKO2 ARO12 ARO13 AGO14 AGO15 ARO16 ARO17 VSS ABO17 AGO17 AGO18 ABO19 UDAT15 UDAT12 UDAT9 UDAT5 OVDDE-06 APLP OVDDE-08 CS5BI CS4BI UADRI13 UADRI9 UADRI6 UADRI2 UADRI1 TESTI2 BIT0 OVDDE-11 TESTO4 ARO39 AGO38 GND Test output terminal (unused) The CLK input for OSD Test input terminal (unused) 2.5V power supply 3.3V power supply Address data output (G signal) 2.5V power supply Address data output (G signal) Address data output (G signal) Address data output (G signal) 2.5V power supply Address data output (R signal) Address data output (G signal) 2.5V power supply Address data output (R signal) Address data output (B signal) 2.5V power supply The address CLK output (for panel upper part) Address data output (R signal) Address data output (R signal) Address data output (G signal) Address data output (G signal) Address data output (R signal) Address data output (R signal) GND Address data output (B signal) Address data output (G signal) Address data output (G signal) Address data output (B signal) Microcomputer data bus Microcomputer data bus Microcomputer data bus Microcomputer data bus 3.3V power supply APL value output trigger signal 3.3V power supply The chip select input The chip select input Microcomputer address bus Microcomputer address bus Microcomputer address bus Microcomputer address bus Microcomputer address bus Test input terminal (unused) The subfield No output (the 0 bit) 3.3V power supply Test output terminal (unused) Address data output (G signal) Address data output (G signal) Function
20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50
146
1 2
PDP-503CMX
3 4
Pin Function (2/7)

No. 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 Pin Name VSS ABO37 ABO36 ARO36 ABO34 ADRCLKO4 AGO33 AGO32 AGO31 AGO30 AGO29 VDDI ABO27 AGO26 VDDI AGO24 VDDI ABO22 VDDI ARO21 ARO20 VDDI OVDDE-14 TDI RBI9 VSS RBI8 RBI6 RBI4 OVSS-09 RSTB GBI8 OVDDE-18 GBI5 GBI2 DEI BBI6 BBI3 VDI HDI RAI6 RAI2 TESTI0 OVSS-11 GAI7 GAI3 GAI0 BAI6 BAI3 BAI0 GND Address data output (B signal) Address data output (B signal) Address data output (R signal) Address data output (B signal) The address CLK output (for panel bottom part) Address data output (G signal) Address data output (G signal) Address data output (G signal) Address data output (G signal) Address data output (G signal) 2.5V power supply Address data output (B signal) Address data output (G signal) 2.5V power supply Address data output (G signal) 2.5V power supply Address data output (B signal) 2.5V power supply Address data output (R signal) Address data output (R signal) 2.5V power supply 3.3V power supply The JTAG input The R picture B aspect signal input (the ninth bit) GND The R picture B aspect signal input (the eighth bit) The R picture B aspect signal input (the sixth bit) The R picture B aspect signal input (the fourth bit) GND Reset input The G picture B aspect signal input (the eighth bit) 3.3V power supply The G picture B aspect signal input (the fifth bit) The G picture B aspect signal input (the second bit) DE signal input The B picture B aspect signal input (the sixth bit) The B picture B aspect signal input (the third bit) VD signal input HD signal input The R picture A aspect signal input (the sixth bit) The R picture A aspect signal input (the second bit) Test input terminal (unused) GND The G picture A aspect signal input (the seventh bit The G picture A aspect signal input (the third bit) The G picture A aspect signal input (the 0 bit) The B picture A aspect signal input (the sixth bit) The B picture A aspect signal input (the third bit) The B picture A aspect signal input (the 0 bit) Function
PDP-503CMX
5 6 7 8
147
Pin Function (3/7)

No. Pin Name 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 TESTO7 TESTO5 OSDH BLK OSDB NC ARO1 ARO2 ARO3 ARO4 ARO5 ABO5 ARO7 ARO8 ABO8 AGO9 AGO10 ADRCLKO1 ABO11 ABO12 ARO14 ARO15 ABO15 ABO16 AGO16 ARO18 AGO19 OVDDE-05 UDAT13 UDAT10 UDAT6 UDAT3 UDAT0 OVDDE-07 LR RDBI CLKSEL UADRI10 UADRI7 UADRI3 CYCLEB BIT2 SFSTB OVSS-05 TESTO2 ABO38 ARO38 ARO37 AGO36 ARO35 Test output terminal (unused) Test output terminal (unused) OSDH input OSDBLK input OSDB signal input NC terminal Address data output (R signal) Address data output (R signal) Address data output (R signal) Address data output (R signal) Address data output (R signal) Address data output (B signal) Address data output (R signal) Address data output (R signal) Address data output (B signal) Address data output (G signal) Address data output (G signal) Address CLK output (for panel upper part) Address data output (B signal) Address data output (B signal) Address data output (R signal) Address data output (R signal) Address data output (B signal) Address data output (B signal) Address data output (G signal) Address data output (R signal) Address data output (G signal) 3.3V power supply Microcomputer data bus Microcomputer data bus Microcomputer data bus Microcomputer data bus Microcomputer data bus 3.3V power supply The panel LR select input Microcomputer read control terminal CLK select input Microcomputer address bus Microcomputer address bus Microcomputer address bus Address data output control signal Subfield No. output (the second bit) Address data output control signal GND Test output terminal (unused) Address data output (B signal) Address data output (R signal) Address data output (R signal) Address data output (G signal) Address data output (R signal) Function
122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142
143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150
148
1 2
PDP-503CMX
3 4
Pin Function (4/7)

No. 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 Pin Name ADRCLKO3 ABO33 ABO32 VDDI ABO30 VDDI ABO28 ARO28 ABO26 ABO25 ABO24 ARO24 ARO23 ARO22 AGO21 AGO20 TDO TMS RBI7 TCK RBI5 RBI3 RBI1 OVDDE-16 GBI7 OVSS-10 GBI4 GBI1 BBI9 BBI5 BBI2 RAI9 CLK3 RAI5 RAI1 TESTI1 GAI9 GAI6 GAI2 BAI9 BAI5 BAI2 BAI1 OVSS-01 OVSS-02 OSDG ARO0 ABO0 ABO1 ABO2 Address data output (B signal) Address data output (B signal) 2.5V power supply Address data output (B signal) 2.5V power supply Address data output (B signal) Address data output (R signal) Address data output (B signal) Address data output (B signal) Address data output (B signal) Address data output (R signal) Address data output (R signal) Address data output (R signal) Address data output (G signal) Address data output (G signal) JTAG signal JTAG signal The R picture B aspect signal input (the seventh bit) JTAG signal The R picture B aspect signal input (the fifth bit) The R picture B aspect signal input (the third bit) The R picture B aspect signal input (the first bit) 3.3V power supply The G picture B aspect signal input (the seventh bit) GND The G picture B aspect signal input (the fourth bit) The G picture B aspect signal input (the first bit) The B picture B aspect signal input (the ninth bit) The B picture B aspect signal input (the fifth bit) The B picture B aspect signal input (the second bit) The R picture A aspect signal input (the ninth bit) CLK input terminal (unused) The R picture A aspect signal input (the fifth bit) The R picture A aspect signal input (the first bit) Test input terminal (unused) The G picture A aspect signal input (the ninth bit) The G picture A aspect signal input (the sixth bit) The G picture A aspect signal input (the second bit) The B picture A aspect signal input (the ninth bit) The B picture A aspect signal input (the fifth bit) The B picture A aspect signal input (the second bit) The B picture A aspect signal input (the first bit) GND GND OSDG signal input Address data output (R signal) Address data output (B signal) Address data output (B signal) Address data output (B signal) Function The address CLK output (for panel bottom part)
PDP-503CMX
5 6 7 8
149
Pin Function (5/7)

No. Pin Name 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 ABO3 ABO4 OVDDE-02 ABO6 ABO7 VDDI OVDDE-03 ARO10 ABO10 AGO11 AGO12 ABO13 ABO14 OVDDE-04 OVSS-03 ARO19 TESTO1 UDAT14 UDAT11 UDAT7 UDAT4 UDAT1 VDRD HWRBI UADRI14 OVDDE-09 UADRI11 UADRI8 UADRI4 BIT3 BIT1 OVDDE-10 TESTO3 ABO39 AGO37 OVSS-06 AGO35 ADRCLKO5 ARO34 ARO33 ABO31 ARO31 ABO29 ARO29 OVDDE-12 ARO27 ARO26 ARO25 OVDDE-13 AGO23 Address data output (B signal) Address data output (B signal) 3.3V power supply Address data output (B signal) Address data output (B signal) 2.5V power supply 3.3V power supply Address data output (R signal) Address data output (B signal) Address data output (G signal) Address data output (G signal) Address data output (B signal) Address data output (B signal) 3.3V power supply GND Address data output (R signal) Test output terminal (unused) Microcomputer data bus Microcomputer data bus Microcomputer data bus Microcomputer data bus Microcomputer data bus V signal output Microcomputer wright control terminal Microcomputer address bus 3.3V power supply Microcomputer address bus Microcomputer address bus Microcomputer address bus Subfield No. output (the third bit) Subfield No. output (the first bit) 3.3V power supply Test output terminal (unused) Address data output (B signal) Address data output (G signal) GND Address data output (G signal) Address CLK output (for panel bottom part) Address data output (R signal) Address data output (R signal) Address data output (B signal) Address data output (R signal) Address data output (B signal) Address data output (R signal) 3.3V power supply Address data output (R signal) Address data output (R signal) Address data output (R signal) 3.3V power supply Address data output (G signal) Function
222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231
232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250
150
1 2
PDP-503CMX
3 4
Pin Function (6/7)

No. 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 Pin Name AGO22 VDDI ABO20 OVSS-07 OVDDE-15 OVSS-08 RBI2 TRST GBI9 GBI6 OVDDE-17 GBI3 GBI0 BBI8 BBI4 BBI1 RAI8 OVDDE-19 RAI4 RAI0 FREERUN GAI8 GAI5 GAI1 BAI8 BAI4 VDDE OSDV VSS OSDR VDDE AGO1 VSS VDDI VDDI AGO5 AGO6 VDDI AGO8 VSS ADRCLKO0 VDDE ARO11 VSS AGO13 VDDE ABO18 VSS TESTO0 VDDI Address data output (G signal) 2.5V power supply Address data output (B signal) GND 3.3V power supply GND The R picture B aspect signal input (the second bit) JTAG signal The G picture B aspect signal input (the ninth bit) The G picture B aspect signal input (the sixth bit) 3.3V power supply The G picture B aspect signal input (the third bit) The G picture B aspect signal input (the 0 bit) The B picture B aspect signal input (the eighth bit) The B picture B aspect signal input (the fourth bit) The B picture B aspect signal input (the first bit) The R picture A aspect signal input (the eighth bit) 3.3V power supply The R picture A aspect signal input (the fourth bit) The R picture A aspect signal input (the 0 bit) The freerun control input The G picture A aspect signal input (the eighth bit) The G picture A aspect signal input (the fifth bit) The G picture A aspect signal input (the first bit) The B picture A aspect signal input (the eighth bit) The B picture A aspect signal input (the fourth bit) 3.3V power supply OSDV input GND OSDR signal input 3.3V power supply Address data output (G signal) GND 2.5V power supply 2.5V power supply Address data output (G signal) Address data output (G signal) 2.5V power supply Address data output (G signal) GND The address CLK output (for panel upper part) 3.3V power supply Address data output (R signal) GND Address data output (G signal) 3.3V power supply Address data output (B signal) GND Test output terminal (unused) 2.5V power supply Function
PDP-503CMX
5 6 7 8
151
Pin Function (7/7)

No. Pin Name 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 UDAT8 VSS UDAT2 VDDI OVSS-04 UADRI15 VDDI UADRI12 VSS UADRI5 VDDI NC VSS AGO39 VDDE ABO35 VSS AGO34 VDDE ARO32 VSS ARO30 VDDI AGO28 AGO27 NC AGO25 VSS ABO23 VDDE ABO21 VSS VPD VDDE RBI0 VSS ACLK VDDI CLK4 VSS BBI7 VDDI BBI0 RAI7 VDDI RAI3 VSS CLK2 VDDI GAI4 VSS BAI7 Microcomputer data bus GND Microcomputer data bus 2.5V power supply GND Microcomputer address bus 2.5V power supply Microcomputer address bus GND Microcomputer address bus 2.5V power supply NC terminal GND Address data output (G signal) 3.3V power supply Address data output (B signal) GND Address data output (G signal) 3.3V power supply Address data output (R signal) GND Address data output (R signal) 2.5V power supply Address data output (G signal) Address data output (G signal) NC terminal Address data output (G signal) GND Address data output (B signal) 3.3V power supply Address data output (B signal) GND GND 3.3V power supply The R picture B aspect signal input (the 0 bit) GND CLK input (25MHz) 2.5V power supply CLK input (50MHz) GND The B picture B aspect signal input (the seventh bit) 2.5V power supply The B picture B aspect signal input (the 0 bit) The R picture A aspect signal input (the seventh bit) 2.5V power supply The R picture A aspect signal input (the third bit) GND The image system CLK input 2.5V power supply The G picture A aspect signal input (the fourth bit) GND The B picture A aspect signal input (the seventh bit) Function
322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342
343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352
152
1 2
PDP-503CMX
3 4
PST9246N (DIGITAL VIDEO ASSY: IC1208)

Reset IC

VCC 5 VOUT 4
Block Diagram
1 TC
2 SUB
3 GND
B
SOT-25 (TOP VIEW)
Pin Function
C
Pin No.
1 2 3 4 5 TC
Pin name
TPLH control pin Substate pin GND pin SUB GND VOUT VCC
Functions
Reset signal output pin VCC pin / voltage detect pin
PDP-503CMX
5 6 7 8
153
FS781BZB (DIGITAL VIDEO ASSY: IC1802)

Low EMI Clock IC
A

Xin Xout S1 LF 1 2 3 4 FS78x 8 7 6 5 VDD S0 FSOUT VSS
8 Pin SOIC Package
Block Diagram
Loop Filter
4(6) 250 K
Xin
1(3)
Reference Divider
8 pF
Phase Detector VCO

10 pF.
Xout
Modulation Control
2(4)
8 pF
VCO / N
VDD
8(2)
Power Contol Logic
VDD Input Control Logic
Output Divider and Mux VSS
6(8)
FSOUT
5(7)
3(5)
7(1)
(TSSOP Pin #)
VSS
D
S1
S0
Pin Function
No. Pin Name I/O
I/O I I O P P
Type
Analog CMOS/TTL Analog
Function
Pins form an on-chip reference oscillator when connected to terminals of an external parallel resonant crystal. Xin may be connected to TTL/CMOS external clock source. If Xin connected to external clock other than crystal, leave Xout (pin2) unconnected. Digital control inputs to select input frequency range and output frequency scaling. Refer to Tables 7 and 8 for selection. S0 has internal pulldown. S1 has internal pullup. Loop Filter. Single ended tri-state output of the phase detector. A two-pole passive loop filter is connected to Loop Filter (LF).
1/2 Xin/Xout 7/3 S0/S1

E
4 6 8 5
LF FSOUT VDD VSS
Modulated Clock Frequency Output. The center frequency is the same as the input reference CMOS/TTL frequency for FS781. Input frequency is multipled by 2X and 4X for FS782 and FS784 respectively. Power Power Positive Power Supply Power Supply Ground
154
1 2
PDP-503CMX
3 4
STK795-470 (X DRIVE ASSY : IC3200, IC3201) (Y DRIVE ASSY : IC2206, IC2214)

PDP Pulse Module IC
A
Block Diagram
V SUS 1 V SUS 2 V SUS 3 V SUS 4 N.C. 5 VCC 6 DUMMY 7 N.C. 8 SIG GND 9 SIG GND 10 N.C. 11 SUB GND 12 N.C. 13
C8 R14 C1 R18 D11 R12 D1 R1 IC1 R2 VCC HIN R19 D12 R15 LIN PGND LO D2 TR8 R4 R8 R3 TR3 TR4 C7 VB HO C3 VS R7 TR7 TR2 TR1
40 OUT H 39 OUT H 38 OUT L 37 OUT L 36 N.C. 35 POWER GND 34 POWER GND 33 POWER GND 32 POWER GND 31 N.C.
D7
IN2 14 DUMMY 15 IN1 16
D6 R13 D3
R20 D13
IC2 R5 C2 VCC HIN VB HO C4 R9 TR9 TR5 D8
30 PL1 29 PL1 28 N.C. 27 PC1 26 PC1 25 PC2 24 PC2

TR6
N.C. 17
R16
R21 D14 R17
C9 LIN PGND C10
VS
IN4 18 DUMMY 19 IN3 20
LO D4 TR10
R11 C5 R6 C6 R10
ZD1
D9
23 N.C. 22 PL2 21 PL2
D10
PDP-503CMX
5 6 7 8
155
BA5417 (MX AUDIO ASSY: IC8601)

Power Amp
A
Block diagram
T.S.D
30k
30k
30k ST.BY VCC BS BS 45 45
30k
POWER GND
GND1
PRE
B
1 2 3 4 5 6
10
11
12
13
14
POWER-GND
PRE-GND1
Pin Function
156
1 2
PDP-503CMX
3 4
PRE-GND2
FILTER
OUT2
OUT1
(N.C.)
STBY
BS2
BS1
NF1
NF2
VCC
IN1
IN2
PRE
15
GND2
FILTER
ML6426CS1 (RGB ASSY: IC4403)

LPF IC

A/B MUX RIN A/YIN A GND VCC RIN B/YIN B GIN A/U IN A GIN B/U IN B BIN A/V IN A 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 SYNC IN DISABLE GNDO ROUT /Y OUT VCCO GOUT /U OUT BOUT /V OUT BIN B/VIN B
Block diagram
RIN A/YIN A RIN B/YIN B GIN A/U IN A GIN /U IN B BIN A/V IN A BIN B/VIN B
TOP VIEW
12 VCCO 4 VCC
2 5 6 7 8 9
MUX TRANSCONDUCTANCE ERROR AMP MUX TRANSCONDUCTANCE ERROR AMP MUX TRANSCONDUCTANCE ERROR AMP
+ + +
4th-ORDER FILTER A 0.5V 4th-ORDER FILTER B 0.5V 4th-ORDER FILTER C 0.5V
ROUT /Y OUT
13
GOUT /U OUT
11
BOUT /V OUT
C
10
A/B MUX 1 SYNCIN 16 DISABLE 15
GNDO 14
GND 3
Pin Function
PIN NAME FUNCTION PIN NAME FUNCTION
D
A/B MUX
Logic input pin to select between 8 Bank <A> and Bank <B> video inputs. This pin is internally pulled high. Unfiltered analog R- orY -channel input for Bank <A>. Sync must be provided at SYNC IN pin. Analog ground Analog 5V supply Unfiltered analog R- orY -channel input for Bank <B>. Sync must be provided at SYNC IN pin. 9
B IN A/VIN A Unfiltered analog B- orV-channel input for Bank <A>. Sync must be provided at SYNC IN pin. B IN B/VIN B Unfiltered analog B- orV-channel input for Bank <B>. Sync must be provided at SYNC IN pin. B
OUT
RIN A/YIN A
3 4 5
GND VCC RIN B/YIN B
10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Analog B or V-channel output Analog G or U-channel output 5V power supply for output buffers Analog R orY -channel output Analog ground Disable/Enable pin.Turns the chip off when logic high. Internally pulled low. Input for an external H-sync logic signal for filter channels. CMOS level input. Active High.
E
G OUT V CCO R OUT GNDO DISABLE SYNC IN
GIN A/U IN A Unfiltered analog G- or U-channel input for Bank <A>. Sync must be provided at SYNC IN pin. GIN B/UIN B Unfiltered analog G- or U-channel input for Bank <B>. Sync must be provided at SYNC IN pin.
PDP-503CMX
5 6 7 8
157
CXA3516R (RGB ASSY: IC4603)

AD + PLL IC
A
158
1 2
PDP-503CMX
3 4
Block Diagram
A
PDP-503CMX
5 6 7 8
159
Pin Function (1/3)

A
160
1 2
PDP-503CMX
3 4
Pin Function (2/3)

A
PDP-503CMX
5 6 7 8
161
Pin Function (3/3)

A
162
1 2
PDP-503CMX
3 4
8. PANEL FACILITIES
PLASMA DISPLAY [PDP-503CMX, PDP-503MXE] MAIN UNIT
A
4 5 6
B
7 8 3 9 0
C
Note When optional speakers have been connected, the operation panel on the main unit will not be operable.
Main unit 1 Display stand 2 Remote control sensor Point the remote control toward the remote sensor to operate the unit. 3 STANDBY/ON indicator This indicator is red during standby mode, and turns to green when the unit is in the operation mode. Flashes green when Power-Management function is operating. The flashing pattern is also used to indicate error messages.
Operation panel on the main unit 4 STANDBY/ON button Press to put the display in operation or standby mode. 5 INPUT button Press to select input. 6 MENU button Press to open and close the on-screen menu. 7 ADJUST (5//3/2) buttons Use to navigate menu screens and to adjust various settings on the unit. Usage of cursor buttons within operations is clearly indicated in the on-screen display. 8 SET button Press to adjust or enter various settings on the unit. 9 SCREEN SIZE button Press to select the screen size. 0 AUTO SET UP button When using computer signal input, automatically sets the POSITION and CLOCK/PHASE to optimum values.
PDP-503CMX
5 6 7 8
163
PLASMA DISPLAY [PDP-503CMX, PDP-503MXE] CONNECTION PANEL
AC INLET
8 ~16 SPEAKER
8 ~16 SPEAKER
CONTROL IN OUT
COMBINATION IN OUT
RS-232C ANALOG RGB
INPUT1
(ON SYNC)
OUTPUT (ANALOG RGB)
INPUT2 (H/V SYNC) R HD
VD
AUDIO INPUT OUTPUT

75 2.2 (INPUT1/2) k
89 0
The plasma display is provided with 2 video input connectors, 1 video output connector, audio input/output jacks and speaker terminals. There are also CONTROL IN/OUT jacks for connection of PIONEER components with the mark. When this video card is installed on a plasma display, an additional three sets of video input connectors are provided (total five), together with one additional video output connector (total two). 1 SPEAKER (R) terminal For connection of an external right speaker. Connect a speaker whose impedance is 8 -16 . 2 CONTROL IN/OUT (monaural mini jacks) For connection of PIONEER components that bear the mark. Making CONTROL connection enables control of the plasma display as a component in a system. 3 COMBINATION IN/OUT DO NOT MAKE ANY CONNECTIONS TO THESE TERMINALS. These terminals are used in the factory setup. 4 RS-232C DO NOT MAKE ANY CONNECTIONS TO THIS TERMINAL. This terminal is used in the factory setup. 5 INPUT1 (mini D-sub 15 pin) For connection of components that have RGB or component output jacks such as a personal computer, DVD player, or external RGB decoder. Make sure that the connection made corresponds to the format of the signal output from the connected component. 6 OUTPUT (INPUT1) (mini D-sub 15 pin) Use the OUTPUT (INPUT1) connector to output the video signal to an external monitor or other component. Note: The video signal will not be output from the OUTPUT (INPUT1) connector when the main power of this display is off or in standby mode.
7 INPUT2 (BNC jacks) For connection of components that have RGB or component output jacks such as a personal computer, DVD player, or external RGB decoder. Make sure that the connection made corresponds to the format of the signal output from the connected component. 8 Synchronizing signal impedance selector switch Depending on the connections made at INPUT2, it may be necessary to set this switch to match the output impedance of the connected components synchronization signal. When the output impedance of the components synchronization signal is above 75 W, set this switch to the 2.2 kW position. 9 AUDIO INPUT (Stereo mini jack) Use to obtain sound when INPUT1, INPUT2 or INPUT5 is selected. Connect this jack to the audio output connector of the device connected to the plasma displays INPUT1 or INPUT2, or to the audio output connector of the device connected to the video cards INPUT5. 0 AUDIO OUTPUT (Stereo mini jack) Use to output the audio of the selected source component connected to the plasma display to an AV amplifier or similar component. - MAIN POWER switch Use to switch the main power of the plasma display on and off. = AC INLET A power cable is furnished with the plasma display; connect one end of the power cable to this connector, and the other end to a standard AC power source. ~ SPEAKER (L) terminal For connection of an external left speaker. Connect a speaker that has an impedance of 8 -16 .
164
1 2
PDP-503CMX
3 4
PLASMA DISPLAY [PDP-503CMX, PDP-503MXE] REMOTE CONTROL UNIT

1 SCREEN SIZE button Press to select the screen size. 2 INPUT buttons Use to select the input.
7 8
3 MENU button Press to open and close the on-screen menu. 4 ADJUST (5//3/2) buttons Use to navigate menu screens and to adjust various settings on the unit. Usage of cursor buttons within operations is clearly indicated at the bottom the on-screen menu display. 5 SET button Press to adjust or enter various settings on the unit.
B
6 MUTING button Press to mute the volume. 7 AUTO SET UP button When using computer signal input, automatically sets the POSITION and CLOCK/ PHASE to optimum values. 8 STANDBY/ON button Press to put the unit in operation or standby mode. 9 DISPLAY button Press to view the units current input and setup mode. 0 POINT ZOOM button Use to select and enlarge one part of the screen.
D C
- VOLUME (+/) buttons Use to adjust the volume.
PDP-503CMX
5 6 7 8
165
INSTALLATION OF THE UNIT

A
Installation using the supplied display stand Be sure to fix the supplied stand to the installation surface. Use commercially available M8 bolts that are 25 mm longer than the thickness of the installation surface.
1. Fix the supplied stand to the installation surface at each of the 4 prepared holes using commercially available M8 bolts .
3. Fix this unit using the supplied washer and bolt.
Front
798 mm (31-7/16 in.) Rear
Use a 6 mm hex wrench to bolt them.
110 mm (4-5/16 in.)
2. Set this unit in the stand.
CAUTION Because this unit weighs about 88 lbs 3 oz (about 40 kg) and the lack of depth makes it fairly unstable, please use 2 people or more when packing, carrying
166
1 2
PDP-503CMX
3 4
Installation using the optional PIONEER stand or installation bracket Please be sure to request installation or mounting of this unit or the installation bracket by an installation specialist or the dealer where purchased. When installing, be sure to use the bolts provided with the stand or installation bracket. For details concerning installation, please refer to the instruction manual provided with the stand or installation bracket. Installation using accessories other than the PIONEER stand or installation bracket (sold separately) When possible, please install using parts and accessories manufactured by PIONEER. PIONEER will not he held responsible for accident or damage caused by the use of parts and accessories manufactured by other companies. For custom installation, please consult the dealer where the unit was purchased, or a qualified installer.
Wall-mount installation of the unit This unit has been designed with bolt holes for wall-mount installation, etc.. The installation holes that can be used are shown in the diagram below. Be sure to attach in 4 or more locations above and below, left and right of the center line. Use bolts that are long enough to be inserted 1/2 inch (12 mm) to 11/16 inch (18 mm) into the main unit from the attaching surface for both a holes and b holes. Refer to the side view diagram below. As this unit is constructed with glass, be sure to install it on a flat, unwarped surface.
Air vents (fan)

C
b hole
b hole Attaching surface Installation bracket,etc.. a hole Center line Bolt

D
Main unit
b hole
a hole
a hole
b hole
1/2 inches (12 mm) to 11/16 inches (18 mm) Bolt b hole b hole Center line b hole 1/2 inches (12 mm) to 11/16 inches (18 mm)
Rear view diagram
Side view diagram

E
CAUTION To avoid malfunction, overheating of this unit, and possible fire hazard, make sure that the vents on the main unit are not blocked when installing. Also, as hot air is expelled from the air vents, be careful of deterioration and dirt build up on rear surface wall, etc.. CAUTION Please be sure to use an M8 (Pitch = 1.25 mm) bolt. (Only this size bolt can be used.)
CAUTION Because this unit weighs about 88 lbs 3 oz (about 40 kg) and the lack of depth makes it fairly unstable, please use 2 people or more when packing, carrying or installing. CAUTION This unit incorporates a thin design. To ensure safety if vibrated or shaken, please be sure to take measures to prevent the unit from tipping over.
F
PDP-503CMX
5 6 7 8
167

A 3150

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

A 3150

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

ORDER NO.

THIS MANUAL IS APPLICABLE TO THE FOLLOWING MODEL(S) AND TYPE(S).

PDP-503CMX/ LUCB PDP-503MXE/ YVLDK

For details, refer to "Important symbols for good services" .

PIONEER CORPORATION 2003

T-ZZY MAR. 2003 printed in Japan

(slow operating fuse) on PCB indicate that replacement parts

(fusible de type lent) sur CCI indiquent que les pices

Leakage Current Cold Check

PRODUCT SAFETY NOTICE

Leakage Current Hot Check

Device under test Test all exposed metal surfaces

Reading should Leakage not be above current 0.5mA tester

Also test with plug reversed (Using AC adapter plug as required)

High Voltage Generating Point

SCAN (A) Assy

X CONNECTOR (A) Assy

X CONNECTOR (B) Assy

[ Important symbols for good services ]

4. Shipping mode and shipping screws

5. Lubricants, glues, and replacement parts

Cleaning Cloth (for wiping front panel) (AED1208)

Display Stand (2) (AMR3264)

Remote Control Unit (AXD1459)

PDP-503CMX Only Binder Assy (AEC1758) Speed Clamp (2)

Washer (2) (WB80FZB)

Hex Hole Bolts (2) (SMZ80H400FZB)

Ferrite Core (ATX1031)

2. EXPLODED VIEWS AND PARTS LIST

2 11 3 PDP-503CMX Only 44 31 PDP-503MXE Only 15 17 18 19 20 21 22 PDP-503CMX Only 32 33

PACKING parts Lis

2.2 UNDER LAYER SECTION (1)

2 Refer to next page.

UNDER LAYER SECTION (1) parts List

Description Locking Card Spacer Screw V Cushion

Part No. AEC1736 ABA1301 AED1205

Caution in Replacement of Panel Chassis (50) Assy

Circuit Board Spacer (AEC1872)

2.3 UNDER LAYER SECTION (2)

UNDER LAYER SECTION (2) parts List

2.4 UNDER LAYER SECTION (3)

UNDER LAYER SECTION (3) parts List

2.5 UNDER LAYER SECTION (4)

UNDER LAYER SECTION (4) parts List

Mark No. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 NSP 8 NSP 9 10 11 12

Part No. AWV1979 AWZ6745 AWZ6722 AWZ6723 AWZ6696

AEC1879 ANG2464 ANH1594 AEH1048 ABK1026 ABK1027

2.6 UNDER LAYER SECTION (5)

2 (Upper Side) 3 (Bottom Side)

UNDER LAYER SECTION (5) parts List

Part No. AWZ6750 AWZ6689 AWZ6690 AEC1873 AMR3291 BEC1066

Mark No. NSP 8 9 10 11 NSP 12 13 14

Part No. ANG2465 AXM1040 PPZ50P100FZK ABZ30P060FMC ANH1594 AEH1039 AMR3343

2.7 UNDER LAYER SECTION (6)

TE1 D8 D9 D16 D10 D1 D18 Y1 Y2 D6 A1 D11 D7 A5 A3 A6

D15 D14 D2 D12 D13 D12 D3 D17

MIDDLE LAYER SECTION (1) parts List

Part No. AWV1984 AWZ6644

2.8 MIDDLE LAYER SECTION (1)

MIDDLE LAYER SECTION (2) parts List

2.9 MIDDLE LAYER SECTION (2)

MIDDLE LAYER SECTION (2) parts List

Mark No. 1 2 3 4 NSP 5 6 7 NSP 8 9 10 11